NVIM v0.1.2

Features:
  ef66249 tabline: Add %[] atom to the tabline, for random commands on click
  f338ea7 job control: implement jobpid() to get PID of job
  d0d5d17 job control: add 'detach' option to jobstart
  7ad3f07 Add support for binary numbers

Fixes:
  291495a regexp_nfa.c: Speed up find_match_text()
  317d5ca input: Do not set high-bit; preserve ALT modifier.
  3b7c409 shell: Unquote &shell* options before using them

Notable changes:
  49b06a8 encoding: Always use "utf-8" as default for &encoding
  79a6983 ui: revert "gui_running" hack

Other changes:
  b4b4536 version: semver.org compliance
  c6aa716 reproducible builds: Stop using __{DATE,TIME}__
  46bd3c0 clipboard: Check $DISPLAY. Prefer xsel. #4150
  f6ecd12 job control: don't kill PTY processes on exit
  49f0417 clipboard: Detach clipboard helper, so contents is kept after nvim exit
  38435e8 python: Add missing I/O methods to RedirectStream
  d26b01d eval: Use better error messages when failing to dump values
  62d137c Remove swapsync.

.ci/after_success.sh

@@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ if [[ -n "${CI_TARGET}" ]]; then
   exit
 fi
 
-coveralls --gcov "$(which "${GCOV}")" --encoding iso-8859-1 || echo 'coveralls upload failed.'
+[ "$USE_GCOV" = on ] && { coveralls --gcov "$(which "${GCOV}")" --encoding iso-8859-1 || echo 'coveralls upload failed.' ; }

.ci/before_script.sh

@@ -19,6 +19,10 @@ if [[ -n "${LLVM_SYMBOLIZER}" ]] && [[ ! $(type -P "${LLVM_SYMBOLIZER}") ]]; the
   echo "\$LLVM_SYMBOLIZER: '${LLVM_SYMBOLIZER}' is not executable."
   exit 1
 fi
+if [ "${BUILD_32BIT}" = ON ] && [ "${BUILD_MINGW}" = ON ]; then
+  >&2 echo "32-bit MinGW builds not supported."
+  exit 1
+fi
 
 if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" == osx ]]; then
   # Adds user to a dummy group.

.ci/common/build.sh

@@ -1,10 +1,5 @@
 build_deps() {
   if [[ "${BUILD_32BIT}" == ON ]]; then
-    if [[ "${BUILD_MINGW}" == ON ]]; then
-      >&2 echo "32-bit MinGW builds not supported."
-      exit 1
-    fi
-
     DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS="${DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS} ${CMAKE_FLAGS_32BIT}"
   fi
   if [[ "${BUILD_MINGW}" == ON ]]; then
@@ -42,11 +37,6 @@ build_nvim() {
     CMAKE_FLAGS="${CMAKE_FLAGS} -DCLANG_${CLANG_SANITIZER}=ON"
   fi
   if [[ "${BUILD_32BIT}" == ON ]]; then
-    if [[ "${BUILD_MINGW}" == ON ]]; then
-      >&2 echo "32-bit MinGW builds not supported."
-      exit 1
-    fi
-
     CMAKE_FLAGS="${CMAKE_FLAGS} ${CMAKE_FLAGS_32BIT}"
   fi
   if [[ "${BUILD_MINGW}" == ON ]]; then

.ci/install.sh

@@ -14,7 +14,9 @@ elif [[ "${BUILD_MINGW}" == ON ]]; then
   # binutils-mingw-w64-i686 gcc-mingw-w64-i686 g++-mingw-w64-i686 mingw-w64-dev mingw-w64-tools
 
   echo "Downloading MinGW..."
-  curl -sSL "http://downloads.sourceforge.net/project/mingw-w64/Toolchains%20targetting%20Win32/Personal%20Builds/rubenvb/gcc-4.8-release/i686-w64-mingw32-gcc-4.8.0-linux64_rubenvb.tar.xz" | tar xJf - -C "${HOME}/.local"
+  curl -sSL "https://github.com/neovim/deps/raw/master/opt/i686-w64-mingw32-gcc-4.8.0-linux64_rubenvb.tar.xz" \
+    | tar xJf - -C "${HOME}/.local"
+  
 fi
 
 # Set CC to default to avoid compilation problems

.ci/script.sh

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ set -e
 set -o pipefail
 
 if [[ -n "${CI_TARGET}" ]]; then
-  make lint
+  make "${CI_TARGET}"
   exit 0
 fi
 

.gitignore

@@ -67,3 +67,5 @@ local.mk
 /runtime/doc/doctags
 /runtime/doc/errors.log
 
+# clint errors, generated by `make lint`
+/errors.json

.travis.yml

@@ -12,8 +12,6 @@ env:
     - PATH="$(python2.7 -c 'import site; print(site.getuserbase())')/bin:$HOME/.local/mingw32/bin:$PATH"
     # LLVM symbolizer path.
     - LLVM_SYMBOLIZER="$(which llvm-symbolizer-3.6)"
-    # Force verification of DLOG macros.
-    - CFLAGS="-DMIN_LOG_LEVEL=0"
     # Build directory for Neovim.
     - BUILD_DIR="$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/build"
     # Build directory for third-party dependencies.
@@ -28,9 +26,9 @@ env:
     - CMAKE_FLAGS="-DTRAVIS_CI_BUILD=ON
                    -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Debug
                    -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX:PATH=$INSTALL_PREFIX
-                   -DUSE_GCOV=ON
                    -DBUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE=gtest
-                   -DDEPS_PREFIX=$DEPS_BUILD_DIR/usr"
+                   -DDEPS_PREFIX=$DEPS_BUILD_DIR/usr
+                   -DMIN_LOG_LEVEL=0"
     - DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS="-DDEPS_DOWNLOAD_DIR:PATH=$DEPS_DOWNLOAD_DIR"
     # Additional CMake flags for 32-bit builds.
     - CMAKE_FLAGS_32BIT="-DCMAKE_SYSTEM_LIBRARY_PATH=/lib32:/usr/lib32:/usr/local/lib32
@@ -59,37 +57,34 @@ env:
 matrix:
   include:
     - os: linux
-      env: CI_TARGET=clint
+      env: CI_TARGET=lint
     - os: linux
       compiler: gcc-5
-      env: GCOV=gcov-5
     - os: linux
       # Travis creates a cache per compiler.
       # Set a different value here to store 32-bit
       # dependencies in a separate cache.
       compiler: gcc-5 -m32
-      env: GCOV=gcov-5 BUILD_32BIT=ON
+      env: BUILD_32BIT=ON
     - os: linux
       compiler: clang-3.6
-      env: GCOV=llvm-cov-3.6 CLANG_SANITIZER=ASAN_UBSAN
+      env: GCOV=llvm-cov-3.6 CLANG_SANITIZER=ASAN_UBSAN CMAKE_FLAGS="$CMAKE_FLAGS -DUSE_GCOV=ON"
     - os: linux
       compiler: clang-3.6
-      env: GCOV=llvm-cov-3.6 CLANG_SANITIZER=MSAN
+      env: CLANG_SANITIZER=MSAN
     - os: linux
       compiler: clang-3.6
       env: CLANG_SANITIZER=TSAN
     - os: osx
       compiler: clang
-      env: GCOV=gcov
     - os: osx
       compiler: gcc-4.9
-      env: GCOV=gcov-4.9
     - os: linux
       env: BUILD_MINGW=ON
   fast_finish: true
   allow_failures:
     # TODO: Remove when all MSan errors have been fixed.
-    - env: GCOV=llvm-cov-3.6 CLANG_SANITIZER=MSAN
+    - env: CLANG_SANITIZER=MSAN
 
 before_install: .ci/before_install.sh
 install:        .ci/install.sh

CMakeLists.txt

@@ -6,8 +6,13 @@ list(APPEND CMAKE_MODULE_PATH "${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake")
 
 # Prefer our bundled versions of dependencies.
 set(DEPS_PREFIX "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/.deps/usr" CACHE PATH "Path prefix for finding dependencies")
-list(INSERT CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH 0 ${DEPS_PREFIX})
-set(ENV{PKG_CONFIG_PATH} "$ENV{PKG_CONFIG_PATH}:${DEPS_PREFIX}/lib/pkgconfig")
+if(CMAKE_CROSSCOMPILING AND NOT UNIX)
+  list(INSERT CMAKE_FIND_ROOT_PATH 0 ${DEPS_PREFIX})
+  list(INSERT CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH 0 ${DEPS_PREFIX}/../host/bin)
+else()
+  list(INSERT CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH 0 ${DEPS_PREFIX})
+  set(ENV{PKG_CONFIG_PATH} "$ENV{PKG_CONFIG_PATH}:${DEPS_PREFIX}/lib/pkgconfig")
+endif()
 
 # used for check_c_compiler_flag
 include(CheckCCompilerFlag)
@@ -35,37 +40,35 @@ if(CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME STREQUAL "Darwin")
   set(USE_FNAME_CASE TRUE)
 endif()
 
-# Set available build types for CMake GUIs.
-# A different build type can still be set by -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=...
-set_property(CACHE CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE PROPERTY
-  STRINGS "Debug" "Dev" "Release" "MinSizeRel" "RelWithDebInfo")
-
 # Set default build type.
 if(NOT CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE)
   message(STATUS "CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE not given, defaulting to 'Dev'.")
   set(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE "Dev" CACHE STRING "Choose the type of build." FORCE)
 endif()
 
-# Version tokens
-#   - In a git repo, these tokens are _ignored_.
-#     - If the current HEAD is tagged, the tag name is used.
-#     - Otherwise the result of `git describe` is used.
-#   - If not in a git repo (e.g. a tarball) these tokens set the version string.
+# Set available build types for CMake GUIs.
+# A different build type can still be set by -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=...
+set_property(CACHE CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE PROPERTY
+  STRINGS "Debug" "Dev" "Release" "MinSizeRel" "RelWithDebInfo")
+
+# If not in a git repo (e.g., a tarball) these tokens define the complete
+# version string, else it is combined with the result of `git describe`.
 set(NVIM_VERSION_MAJOR 0)
 set(NVIM_VERSION_MINOR 1)
-set(NVIM_VERSION_PATCH 1)
+set(NVIM_VERSION_PATCH 2)
+set(NVIM_VERSION_PRERELEASE "") # for package maintainers
 
 file(TO_CMAKE_PATH ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/.git FORCED_GIT_DIR)
 include(GetGitRevisionDescription)
 get_git_head_revision(GIT_REFSPEC NVIM_VERSION_COMMIT)
-if(NVIM_VERSION_COMMIT)    # is a git repo
-  git_get_exact_tag(NVIM_VERSION_MEDIUM)
-  if(NVIM_VERSION_MEDIUM)  # is a tagged release
-    unset(NVIM_VERSION_COMMIT)
-  else()                   # is a dev build
-    git_describe(NVIM_VERSION_MEDIUM)
-    get_git_head_revision(GIT_REFSPEC NVIM_VERSION_COMMIT)
-  endif()
+if(NVIM_VERSION_COMMIT) # is a git repo
+  git_describe(NVIM_VERSION_MEDIUM)
+  # `git describe` annotates the most recent tagged release; for pre-release
+  # builds we must replace that with the unreleased version.
+  string(REGEX REPLACE "^v[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+"
+         "v${NVIM_VERSION_MAJOR}.${NVIM_VERSION_MINOR}.${NVIM_VERSION_PATCH}"
+         NVIM_VERSION_MEDIUM
+         ${NVIM_VERSION_MEDIUM})
 endif()
 
 set(NVIM_VERSION_BUILD_TYPE "${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE}")
@@ -204,6 +207,7 @@ endif()
 if(MINGW)
   # Use POSIX compatible stdio in Mingw
   add_definitions(-D__USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO)
+  add_definitions(-D_WIN32_WINNT=0x0600)
 endif()
 
 # OpenBSD's GCC (4.2.1) doesn't have -Wvla
@@ -212,12 +216,16 @@ if(HAS_WVLA_FLAG)
   add_definitions(-Wvla)
 endif()
 
-check_c_compiler_flag(-fstack-protector-strong HAS_FSTACK_PROTECTOR_STRONG_FLAG)
-check_c_compiler_flag(-fstack-protector HAS_FSTACK_PROTECTOR_FLAG)
-if(HAS_FSTACK_PROTECTOR_STRONG_FLAG)
-  add_definitions(-fstack-protector-strong)
-elseif(HAS_FSTACK_PROTECTOR_FLAG)
-  add_definitions(-fstack-protector --param ssp-buffer-size=4)
+if(UNIX)
+  # -fstack-protector breaks non Unix builds even in Mingw-w64
+  check_c_compiler_flag(-fstack-protector-strong HAS_FSTACK_PROTECTOR_STRONG_FLAG)
+  check_c_compiler_flag(-fstack-protector HAS_FSTACK_PROTECTOR_FLAG)
+
+  if(HAS_FSTACK_PROTECTOR_STRONG_FLAG)
+    add_definitions(-fstack-protector-strong)
+  elseif(HAS_FSTACK_PROTECTOR_FLAG)
+    add_definitions(-fstack-protector --param ssp-buffer-size=4)
+  endif()
 endif()
 
 check_c_compiler_flag(-fdiagnostics-color=auto HAS_DIAG_COLOR_FLAG)
@@ -271,7 +279,7 @@ include(CheckLibraryExists)
 find_package(LibUV REQUIRED)
 include_directories(SYSTEM ${LIBUV_INCLUDE_DIRS})
 
-find_package(Msgpack REQUIRED)
+find_package(Msgpack 1.0.0 REQUIRED)
 include_directories(SYSTEM ${MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIRS})
 
 find_package(LuaJit REQUIRED)
@@ -328,9 +336,16 @@ endif()
 set(CMAKE_THREAD_PREFER_PTHREAD ON)
 find_package(Threads REQUIRED)
 
+# Place targets in bin/ or lib/ for all build configurations
 set(CMAKE_RUNTIME_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/bin)
 set(CMAKE_LIBRARY_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/lib)
 set(CMAKE_ARCHIVE_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/lib)
+foreach(CFGNAME ${CMAKE_CONFIGURATION_TYPES})
+  string(TOUPPER ${CFGNAME} CFGNAME)
+  set(CMAKE_RUNTIME_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY_${CFGNAME} ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/bin)
+  set(CMAKE_LIBRARY_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY_${CFGNAME} ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/lib)
+  set(CMAKE_ARCHIVE_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY_${CFGNAME} ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/lib)
+endforeach()
 
 # Find Lua interpreter
 include(LuaHelpers)
@@ -377,6 +392,16 @@ install_helper(
   FILES ${MANPAGES}
   DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_MANDIR}/man1)
 
+# MIN_LOG_LEVEL for log.h
+if(DEFINED MIN_LOG_LEVEL)
+  if(NOT MIN_LOG_LEVEL MATCHES "^[0-3]$")
+    message(FATAL_ERROR "MIN_LOG_LEVEL must be a number DEBUG (0), INFO (1), WARNING (2) or ERROR (3)")
+  endif()
+  message(STATUS "Log level set to ${MIN_LOG_LEVEL}")
+else()
+  message(STATUS "Log level not specified, defaulting to INFO(1)")
+endif()
+
 # Go down the tree.
 
 add_subdirectory(src/nvim)
@@ -401,7 +426,11 @@ if(BUSTED_PRG)
   if(POLICY CMP0026)
     cmake_policy(SET CMP0026 OLD)
   endif()
-  get_target_property(TEST_LIBNVIM_PATH nvim-test LOCATION)
+  if(CMAKE_GENERATOR MATCHES "Visual Studio")
+    set(TEST_LIBNVIM_PATH ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/lib/nvim-test.dll)
+  else()
+    get_target_property(TEST_LIBNVIM_PATH nvim-test LOCATION)
+  endif()
 
   configure_file(
     test/config/paths.lua.in
@@ -465,3 +494,15 @@ if(LUACHECK_PRG)
       -DTEST_DIR=${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/test
       -P ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/RunTestsLint.cmake)
 endif()
+
+set(CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME "Neovim")
+set(CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR "neovim.io")
+set(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION ${NVIM_VERSION_MEDIUM})
+set(CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY "Neovim")
+# Set toplevel directory/installer name as Neovim
+set(CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME "Neovim")
+set(CPACK_TOPLEVEL_TAG "Neovim")
+set(CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE "${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/LICENSE")
+set(CPACK_NSIS_MODIFY_PATH ON)
+set(CPACK_NSIS_ENABLE_UNINSTALL_BEFORE_INSTALL ON)
+include(CPack)

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -23,15 +23,10 @@ If your issue isn't mentioned there:
   your problem persists.
 - If you're experiencing compile or runtime warnings/failures, try searching for
   the error message(s) you received (if any) on [Neovim's issue tracker][github-issues].
-    - For build issues, see
-      [Troubleshooting#build-issues][wiki-troubleshooting-build-issues].
-    - For runtime issues, see
-      [Troubleshooting#runtime-issues][wiki-troubleshooting-runtime-issues].
-      If your issue isn't mentioned there, try reproducing it using `nvim`
-      with the smallest possible `vimrc` (or none at all via `nvim -u NONE`),
-      to rule out bugs in plugins you're using.
-      If you're using a plugin manager, comment out your plugins, then add
-      them back in one by one.
+- For runtime issues, try reproducing it using `nvim` with the smallest
+  possible `vimrc` (or none at all via `nvim -u NONE`), to rule out bugs in
+  plugins you're using. If you're using a plugin manager, comment out your
+  plugins, then add them back in one by one.
 
 Include as much detail as possible; we generally need to know:
 
@@ -112,10 +107,9 @@ happen to be modifying anyway. Fix anything that looks outright
 otherwise prefer to leave things as they are.
 
 For new code, run `make lint` (which runs [clint.py][clint]) to detect style
-errors. Make sure that the file(s) you intend to be linted are not in
-`clint-ignored-files.txt`. It's not perfect, so some warnings may be false
-positives/negatives. To have `clint.py` ignore certain cases, put `// NOLINT`
-at the end of the line.
+errors. It's not perfect, so some warnings may be false positives/negatives.
+To have `clint.py` ignore certain cases, put `// NOLINT` at the end of the
+line.
 
 We also provide a configuration file for [`clang-format`][clang-format], which
 can be used to format code according to the style guidelines. Be aware that
@@ -196,6 +190,4 @@ such as [`tig`][tig].
 [wiki-contributing]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Contributing
 [wiki-faq]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/FAQ
 [wiki-review-checklist]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Code-review-checklist
-[wiki-troubleshooting-build-issues]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Troubleshooting#build-issues
-[wiki-troubleshooting-runtime-issues]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Troubleshooting#runtime-issues
 [wiki-troubleshooting]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Troubleshooting

clint.py

@@ -198,6 +198,8 @@ _ERROR_CATEGORIES = [
     'runtime/printf',
     'runtime/printf_format',
     'runtime/threadsafe_fn',
+    'syntax/parenthesis',
+    'whitespace/alignment',
     'whitespace/blank_line',
     'whitespace/braces',
     'whitespace/comma',
@@ -213,7 +215,7 @@ _ERROR_CATEGORIES = [
     'whitespace/parens',
     'whitespace/semicolon',
     'whitespace/tab',
-    'whitespace/todo'
+    'whitespace/todo',
 ]
 
 # The default state of the category filter. This is overrided by the --filter=
@@ -826,9 +828,9 @@ def Error(filename, linenum, category, confidence, message):
 _RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_ESCAPES = re.compile(
     r'\\([abfnrtv?"\\\']|\d+|x[0-9a-fA-F]+)')
 # Matches strings.  Escape codes should already be removed by ESCAPES.
-_RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_DOUBLE_QUOTES = re.compile(r'"[^"]*"')
+_RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_DOUBLE_QUOTES = re.compile(r'"([^"]*)"')
 # Matches characters.  Escape codes should already be removed by ESCAPES.
-_RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_SINGLE_QUOTES = re.compile(r"'.'")
+_RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_SINGLE_QUOTES = re.compile(r"'(.)'")
 # Matches multi-line C++ comments.
 # This RE is a little bit more complicated than one might expect, because we
 # have to take care of space removals tools so we can handle comments inside
@@ -923,39 +925,48 @@ def CleanseComments(line):
 
 class CleansedLines(object):
 
-    """Holds 3 copies of all lines with different preprocessing applied to them.
+    """Holds 5 copies of all lines with different preprocessing applied to them.
 
     1) elided member contains lines without strings and comments,
     2) lines member contains lines without comments, and
-    3) raw_lines member contains all the lines without processing.
+    3) raw_lines member contains all the lines with multiline comments replaced.
+    4) init_lines member contains all the lines without processing.
+    5) elided_with_space_strings is like elided, but with string literals
+       looking like `"   "`.
     All these three members are of <type 'list'>, and of the same length.
     """
 
-    def __init__(self, lines):
+    def __init__(self, lines, init_lines):
         self.elided = []
         self.lines = []
         self.raw_lines = lines
         self.num_lines = len(lines)
+        self.init_lines = init_lines
         self.lines_without_raw_strings = lines
+        self.elided_with_space_strings = []
         for linenum in range(len(self.lines_without_raw_strings)):
             self.lines.append(CleanseComments(
                 self.lines_without_raw_strings[linenum]))
             elided = self._CollapseStrings(
                 self.lines_without_raw_strings[linenum])
             self.elided.append(CleanseComments(elided))
+            elided = CleanseComments(self._CollapseStrings(
+                self.lines_without_raw_strings[linenum], True))
+            self.elided_with_space_strings.append(elided)
 
     def NumLines(self):
         """Returns the number of lines represented."""
         return self.num_lines
 
     @staticmethod
-    def _CollapseStrings(elided):
+    def _CollapseStrings(elided, keep_spaces=False):
         """Collapses strings and chars on a line to simple "" or '' blocks.
 
         We nix strings first so we're not fooled by text like '"http://"'
 
         Args:
           elided: The line being processed.
+          keep_spaces: If true, collapse to
 
         Returns:
           The line with collapsed strings.
@@ -964,12 +975,75 @@ class CleansedLines(object):
             # Remove escaped characters first to make quote/single quote
             # collapsing basic.  Things that look like escaped characters
             # shouldn't occur outside of strings and chars.
-            elided = _RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_ESCAPES.sub('', elided)
-            elided = _RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_SINGLE_QUOTES.sub("''", elided)
-            elided = _RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_DOUBLE_QUOTES.sub('""', elided)
+            elided = _RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_ESCAPES.sub(
+                '' if not keep_spaces else lambda m: ' ' * len(m.group(0)),
+                elided)
+            elided = _RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_SINGLE_QUOTES.sub(
+                "''" if not keep_spaces
+                else lambda m: "'" + (' ' * len(m.group(1))) + "'",
+                elided)
+            elided = _RE_PATTERN_CLEANSE_LINE_DOUBLE_QUOTES.sub(
+                '""' if not keep_spaces
+                else lambda m: '"' + (' ' * len(m.group(1))) + '"',
+                elided)
         return elided
 
 
+BRACES = {
+    '(': ')',
+    '{': '}',
+    '[': ']',
+    # '<': '>',  C++-specific pair removed
+}
+
+
+CLOSING_BRACES = dict(((v, k) for k, v in BRACES.items()))
+
+
+def GetExprBracesPosition(clean_lines, linenum, pos):
+    """List positions of all kinds of braces
+
+    If input points to ( or { or [ then function proceeds until finding the
+    position which closes it.
+
+    Args:
+      clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+      linenum: Current line number.
+      pos: A position on the line.
+
+    Yields:
+      A tuple (linenum, pos, brace, depth) that points to each brace.
+      Additionally each new line (linenum, pos, 's', depth) is yielded, for each
+      line end (linenum, pos, 'e', depth) is yielded and at the very end it
+      yields (linenum, pos, None, None).
+    """
+    depth = 0
+    yielded_line_start = True
+    startpos = pos
+    while linenum < clean_lines.NumLines() - 1:
+        line = clean_lines.elided_with_space_strings[linenum]
+        if not line.startswith('#') or yielded_line_start:
+            # Ignore #ifdefs, but not if it is macros that are checked
+            for i, brace in enumerate(line[startpos:]):
+                pos = i + startpos
+                if brace != ' ' and not yielded_line_start:
+                    yield (linenum, pos, 's', depth)
+                    yielded_line_start = True
+                if brace in BRACES:
+                    depth += 1
+                    yield (linenum, pos, brace, depth)
+                elif brace in CLOSING_BRACES:
+                    yield (linenum, pos, brace, depth)
+                    depth -= 1
+                if depth == 0:
+                    yield (linenum, pos, None, None)
+                    return
+            yield (linenum, len(line) - 1, 'e', depth)
+        yielded_line_start = False
+        startpos = 0
+        linenum += 1
+
+
 def FindEndOfExpressionInLine(line, startpos, depth, startchar, endchar):
     """Find the position just after the matching endchar.
 
@@ -995,9 +1069,9 @@ def FindEndOfExpressionInLine(line, startpos, depth, startchar, endchar):
 
 
 def CloseExpression(clean_lines, linenum, pos):
-    """If input points to ( or { or [ or <, finds the position that closes it.
+    """If input points to ( or { or [, finds the position that closes it.
 
-    If lines[linenum][pos] points to a '(' or '{' or '[' or '<', finds the
+    If lines[linenum][pos] points to a '(' or '{' or '[', finds the
     linenum/pos that correspond to the closing of the expression.
 
     Args:
@@ -1014,16 +1088,9 @@ def CloseExpression(clean_lines, linenum, pos):
 
     line = clean_lines.elided[linenum]
     startchar = line[pos]
-    if startchar not in '({[<':
+    if startchar not in BRACES:
         return (line, clean_lines.NumLines(), -1)
-    if startchar == '(':
-        endchar = ')'
-    if startchar == '[':
-        endchar = ']'
-    if startchar == '{':
-        endchar = '}'
-    if startchar == '<':
-        endchar = '>'
+    endchar = BRACES[startchar]
 
     # Check first line
     (end_pos, num_open) = FindEndOfExpressionInLine(
@@ -1300,6 +1367,23 @@ def CheckForMultilineCommentsAndStrings(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error):
               'Use C++11 raw strings or concatenation instead.')
 
 
+def CheckForOldStyleComments(filename, line, linenum, error):
+    """Logs an error if we see /*-style comment
+
+    Args:
+      filename: The name of the current file.
+      line: The text of the line to check.
+      linenum: The number of the line to check.
+      error: The function to call with any errors found.
+    """
+    if line.find('/*') >= 0 and line[-1] != '\\':
+        error(filename, linenum, 'readability/old_style_comment', 5,
+              '/*-style comment found, it should be replaced with //-style.  '
+              '/*-style comments are only allowed inside macros.  '
+              'Note that you should not use /*-style comments to document '
+              'macros itself, use doxygen-style comments for this.')
+
+
 threading_list = (
     ('asctime(', 'os_asctime_r('),
     ('ctime(', 'os_ctime_r('),
@@ -1968,6 +2052,92 @@ def FindPreviousMatchingAngleBracket(clean_lines, linenum, init_prefix):
     return False
 
 
+def CheckExpressionAlignment(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error, startpos=0):
+    """Checks for the correctness of alignment inside expressions
+
+    Args:
+      filename: The name of the current file.
+      clean_lines: A CleansedLines instance containing the file.
+      linenum: The number of the line to check.
+      error: The function to call with any errors found.
+      startpos: Position where to start searching for expression start.
+    """
+    level_starts = {}
+    line = clean_lines.elided_with_space_strings[linenum]
+    prev_line_start = Search(r'\S', line).start()
+    depth_line_starts = {}
+    pos = min([
+        idx
+        for idx in (
+            line.find(k, startpos)
+            for k in BRACES
+            if k != '{'
+        )
+        if idx >= 0
+    ] + [len(line) + 1])
+    if pos == len(line) + 1:
+        return
+    ignore_error_levels = set()
+    firstlinenum = linenum
+    for linenum, pos, brace, depth in GetExprBracesPosition(
+        clean_lines, linenum, pos
+    ):
+        line = clean_lines.elided_with_space_strings[linenum]
+        if depth is None:
+            if pos < len(line) - 1:
+                CheckExpressionAlignment(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error,
+                                         pos + 1)
+            return
+        elif depth <= 0:
+            error(filename, linenum, 'syntax/parenthesis', 4,
+                  'Unbalanced parenthesis')
+            return
+        if brace == 's':
+            assert firstlinenum != linenum
+            if level_starts[depth][1]:
+                if line[pos] == BRACES[depth_line_starts[depth][1]]:
+                    if pos != depth_line_starts[depth][0]:
+                        if depth not in ignore_error_levels:
+                            error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/indent', 2,
+                                  'End of the inner expression should have '
+                                  'the same indent as start')
+                else:
+                    if (pos != depth_line_starts[depth][0] + 4
+                        and not (depth_line_starts[depth][1] == '{'
+                                 and pos == depth_line_starts[depth][0] + 2)):
+                        if depth not in ignore_error_levels:
+                            error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/indent', 2,
+                                  'Inner expression indentation should be 4')
+            else:
+                if (pos != level_starts[depth][0] + 1
+                    + (level_starts[depth][2] == '{')):
+                    if depth not in ignore_error_levels:
+                        error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/alignment', 2,
+                              'Inner expression should be aligned '
+                              'as opening brace + 1 (+ 2 in case of {)')
+            prev_line_start = pos
+        elif brace == 'e':
+            pass
+        else:
+            opening = brace in BRACES
+            if opening:
+                # Only treat {} as part of the expression if it is preceded by
+                # "=" (brace initializer) or "(type)" (construct like (struct
+                # foo) { ... }).
+                if brace == '{' and not (Search(
+                    r'(?:= *|\((?:struct )?\w+(\s*\[\w*\])?\)) *$',
+                    line[:pos])
+                ):
+                    ignore_error_levels.add(depth)
+                line_ended_with_opening = (
+                    pos == len(line) - 2 * (line.endswith(' \\')) - 1)
+                level_starts[depth] = (pos, line_ended_with_opening, brace)
+                if line_ended_with_opening:
+                    depth_line_starts[depth] = (prev_line_start, brace)
+            else:
+                del level_starts[depth]
+
+
 def CheckSpacing(filename, clean_lines, linenum, nesting_state, error):
     """Checks for the correctness of various spacing issues in the code.
 
@@ -1975,7 +2145,8 @@ def CheckSpacing(filename, clean_lines, linenum, nesting_state, error):
     if/for/while/switch, no spaces around parens in function calls, two
     spaces between code and comment, don't start a block with a blank
     line, don't end a function with a blank line, don't add a blank line
-    after public/protected/private, don't have too many blank lines in a row.
+    after public/protected/private, don't have too many blank lines in a row,
+    spaces after {, spaces before }.
 
     Args:
       filename: The name of the current file.
@@ -2236,6 +2407,10 @@ def CheckSpacing(filename, clean_lines, linenum, nesting_state, error):
     # Next we will look for issues with function calls.
     CheckSpacingForFunctionCall(filename, line, linenum, error)
 
+    # Check whether everything inside expressions is aligned correctly
+    if any((line.find(k) >= 0 for k in BRACES if k != '{')):
+        CheckExpressionAlignment(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error)
+
     # Except after an opening paren, or after another opening brace (in case of
     # an initializer list, for instance), you should have spaces before your
     # braces. And since you should never have braces at the beginning of a line,
@@ -2292,8 +2467,6 @@ def CheckSpacing(filename, clean_lines, linenum, nesting_state, error):
               'Extra space before [')
 
     # You shouldn't have a space before a semicolon at the end of the line.
-    # There's a special case for "for" since the style guide allows space before
-    # the semicolon there.
     if Search(r':\s*;\s*$', line):
         error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/semicolon', 5,
               'Semicolon defining empty statement. Use {} instead.')
@@ -2301,12 +2474,18 @@ def CheckSpacing(filename, clean_lines, linenum, nesting_state, error):
         error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/semicolon', 5,
               'Line contains only semicolon. If this should be an empty'
               ' statement, use {} instead.')
-    elif (Search(r'\s+;\s*$', line) and
-          not Search(r'\bfor\b', line)):
+    elif Search(r'\s+;\s*$', line):
         error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/semicolon', 5,
               'Extra space before last semicolon. If this should be an empty '
               'statement, use {} instead.')
 
+    if Search(r'\{(?!\})\S', line):
+        error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/braces', 5,
+              'Missing space after {')
+    if Search(r'\S(?<!\{)\}', line):
+        error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/braces', 5,
+              'Missing space before }')
+
 
 def GetPreviousNonBlankLine(clean_lines, linenum):
     """Return the most recent non-blank line and its line number.
@@ -2361,11 +2540,27 @@ def CheckBraces(filename, clean_lines, linenum, error):
                       ' of the previous line')
 
     # An else clause should be on the same line as the preceding closing brace.
+    # If there is no preceding closing brace, there should be one.
     if Match(r'\s*else\s*', line):
         prevline = GetPreviousNonBlankLine(clean_lines, linenum)[0]
         if Match(r'\s*}\s*$', prevline):
             error(filename, linenum, 'whitespace/newline', 4,
                   'An else should appear on the same line as the preceding }')
+        else:
+            error(filename, linenum, 'readability/braces', 5,
+                  'An else should always have braces before it')
+
+    # If should always have a brace
+    for blockstart in ('if', 'while', 'for'):
+        if Match(r'\s*{0}[^{{]*$'.format(blockstart), line):
+            pos = line.find(blockstart)
+            pos = line.find('(', pos)
+            if pos > 0:
+                (endline, _, endpos) = CloseExpression(
+                    clean_lines, linenum, pos)
+                if endline[endpos:].find('{') == -1:
+                    error(filename, linenum, 'readability/braces', 5,
+                          '{0} should always use braces'.format(blockstart))
 
     # If braces come on one side of an else, they should be on both.
     # However, we have to worry about "else if" that spans multiple lines!
@@ -3026,12 +3221,14 @@ def ProcessLine(filename, file_extension, clean_lines, line,
                               arguments : filename, clean_lines, line, error
     """
     raw_lines = clean_lines.raw_lines
+    init_lines = clean_lines.init_lines
     ParseNolintSuppressions(filename, raw_lines[line], line, error)
     nesting_state.Update(filename, clean_lines, line, error)
     if nesting_state.stack and nesting_state.stack[-1].inline_asm != _NO_ASM:
         return
     CheckForFunctionLengths(filename, clean_lines, line, function_state, error)
     CheckForMultilineCommentsAndStrings(filename, clean_lines, line, error)
+    CheckForOldStyleComments(filename, init_lines[line], line, error)
     CheckStyle(
         filename, clean_lines, line, file_extension, nesting_state, error)
     CheckLanguage(filename, clean_lines, line, file_extension, include_state,
@@ -3072,12 +3269,12 @@ def ProcessFileData(filename, file_extension, lines, error,
     for line in range(1, len(lines)):
         ParseKnownErrorSuppressions(filename, lines, line)
 
-    if _cpplint_state.record_errors_file:
-        raw_lines = lines[:]
+    init_lines = lines[:]
 
+    if _cpplint_state.record_errors_file:
         def RecordedError(filename, linenum, category, confidence, message):
             if not IsErrorSuppressedByNolint(category, linenum):
-                key = raw_lines[linenum - 1 if linenum else 0:linenum + 2]
+                key = init_lines[linenum - 1 if linenum else 0:linenum + 2]
                 err = [filename, key, category]
                 json.dump(err, _cpplint_state.record_errors_file)
                 _cpplint_state.record_errors_file.write('\n')
@@ -3089,7 +3286,7 @@ def ProcessFileData(filename, file_extension, lines, error,
         CheckForHeaderGuard(filename, lines, error)
 
     RemoveMultiLineComments(filename, lines, error)
-    clean_lines = CleansedLines(lines)
+    clean_lines = CleansedLines(lines, init_lines)
     for line in range(clean_lines.NumLines()):
         ProcessLine(filename, file_extension, clean_lines, line,
                     include_state, function_state, nesting_state, error,
@@ -3119,7 +3316,7 @@ def ProcessFile(filename, vlevel, extra_check_functions=[]):
     _SetVerboseLevel(vlevel)
 
     try:
-        # Support the UNIX convention of using "-" for stdin.  Note that
+        # Support the Unix convention of using "-" for stdin.  Note that
         # we are not opening the file with universal newline support
         # (which codecs doesn't support anyway), so the resulting lines do
         # contain trailing '\r' characters if we are reading a file that

cmake/FindLuaJit.cmake

@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ endif()
 if(MSVC)
   list(APPEND LUAJIT_NAMES lua51)
 elseif(MINGW)
-  list(APPEND LUAJIT_NAMES libluajit)
+  list(APPEND LUAJIT_NAMES libluajit libluajit-5.1)
 else()
   list(APPEND LUAJIT_NAMES luajit-5.1)
 endif()

cmake/FindMsgpack.cmake

@@ -7,7 +7,9 @@
 if(NOT MSGPACK_USE_BUNDLED)
   find_package(PkgConfig)
   if (PKG_CONFIG_FOUND)
-    pkg_check_modules(PC_MSGPACK QUIET msgpack)
+    pkg_search_module(PC_MSGPACK QUIET
+      msgpackc>=${Msgpack_FIND_VERSION}
+      msgpack>=${Msgpack_FIND_VERSION})
   endif()
 else()
   set(PC_MSGPACK_INCLUDEDIR)
@@ -19,19 +21,33 @@ endif()
 
 set(MSGPACK_DEFINITIONS ${PC_MSGPACK_CFLAGS_OTHER})
 
-find_path(MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIR msgpack.h
+find_path(MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIR msgpack/version_master.h
   HINTS ${PC_MSGPACK_INCLUDEDIR} ${PC_MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIRS}
   ${LIMIT_SEARCH})
 
-# If we're asked to use static linkage, add libmsgpack.a as a preferred library name.
+if(MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIR)
+  file(READ ${MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIR}/msgpack/version_master.h msgpack_version_h)
+  string(REGEX REPLACE ".*MSGPACK_VERSION_MAJOR +([0-9]+).*" "\\1" MSGPACK_VERSION_MAJOR "${msgpack_version_h}")
+  string(REGEX REPLACE ".*MSGPACK_VERSION_MINOR +([0-9]+).*" "\\1" MSGPACK_VERSION_MINOR "${msgpack_version_h}")
+  string(REGEX REPLACE ".*MSGPACK_VERSION_REVISION +([0-9]+).*" "\\1" MSGPACK_VERSION_REVISION "${msgpack_version_h}")
+  set(MSGPACK_VERSION_STRING "${MSGPACK_VERSION_MAJOR}.${MSGPACK_VERSION_MINOR}.${MSGPACK_VERSION_REVISION}")
+else()
+  set(MSGPACK_VERSION_STRING)
+endif()
+
+# If we're asked to use static linkage, add libmsgpack{,c}.a as a preferred library name.
 if(MSGPACK_USE_STATIC)
   list(APPEND MSGPACK_NAMES
+    "${CMAKE_STATIC_LIBRARY_PREFIX}msgpackc${CMAKE_STATIC_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}"
     "${CMAKE_STATIC_LIBRARY_PREFIX}msgpack${CMAKE_STATIC_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}")
 endif()
 
-list(APPEND MSGPACK_NAMES msgpack)
+list(APPEND MSGPACK_NAMES msgpackc msgpack)
 
 find_library(MSGPACK_LIBRARY NAMES ${MSGPACK_NAMES}
+  # Check each directory for all names to avoid using headers/libraries from
+  # different places.
+  NAMES_PER_DIR
   HINTS ${PC_MSGPACK_LIBDIR} ${PC_MSGPACK_LIBRARY_DIRS}
   ${LIMIT_SEARCH})
 
@@ -43,6 +59,7 @@ set(MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIRS ${MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIR})
 include(FindPackageHandleStandardArgs)
 # handle the QUIETLY and REQUIRED arguments and set MSGPACK_FOUND to TRUE
 # if all listed variables are TRUE
-find_package_handle_standard_args(Msgpack DEFAULT_MSG
-                                  MSGPACK_LIBRARY MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIR)
+find_package_handle_standard_args(Msgpack
+  REQUIRED_VARS MSGPACK_LIBRARY MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIR
+  VERSION_VAR MSGPACK_VERSION_STRING)
 

config/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -8,7 +8,6 @@ include(CheckCSourceCompiles)
 check_type_size("int" SIZEOF_INT)
 check_type_size("long" SIZEOF_LONG)
 check_type_size("intmax_t" SIZEOF_INTMAX_T)
-check_type_size("off_t" SIZEOF_OFF_T)
 check_type_size("size_t" SIZEOF_SIZE_T)
 check_type_size("long long" SIZEOF_LONG_LONG)
 check_type_size("void *" SIZEOF_VOID_PTR)
@@ -16,29 +15,21 @@ check_type_size("void *" SIZEOF_VOID_PTR)
 check_symbol_exists(_NSGetEnviron crt_externs.h HAVE__NSGETENVIRON)
 
 # Headers
-check_include_files(dirent.h HAVE_DIRENT_H)
-check_include_files(fcntl.h HAVE_FCNTL_H)
 check_include_files(iconv.h HAVE_ICONV_H)
 check_include_files(langinfo.h HAVE_LANGINFO_H)
-check_include_files(libgen.h HAVE_LIBGEN_H)
 check_include_files(locale.h HAVE_LOCALE_H)
 check_include_files(pwd.h HAVE_PWD_H)
 check_include_files(strings.h HAVE_STRINGS_H)
-check_include_files(stropts.h HAVE_STROPTS_H)
-check_include_files(sys/param.h HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
 check_include_files(sys/wait.h HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H)
 if(NOT HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H AND UNIX)
   # See if_cscope.c
-  message(SEND_ERROR "header sys/wait.h is required for UNIX")
+  message(SEND_ERROR "header sys/wait.h is required for Unix")
 endif()
 check_include_files(sys/utsname.h HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H)
 check_include_files(utime.h HAVE_UTIME_H)
-check_include_files(unistd.h HAVE_UNISTD_H)
-check_include_files(utime.h HAVE_UTIME_H)
 
 # Functions
 check_function_exists(fseeko HAVE_FSEEKO)
-check_function_exists(fsync HAVE_FSYNC)
 check_function_exists(getpwent HAVE_GETPWENT)
 check_function_exists(getpwnam HAVE_GETPWNAM)
 check_function_exists(getpwuid HAVE_GETPWUID)
@@ -51,7 +42,10 @@ if(JEMALLOC_FOUND)
   set(HAVE_JEMALLOC 1)
 endif()
 
-check_function_exists(putenv HAVE_PUTENV)
+check_function_exists(_putenv_s HAVE_PUTENV_S)
+if(WIN32 AND NOT HAVE_PUTENV_S)
+  message(SEND_ERROR "_putenv_s() function not found on your system.")
+endif()
 check_function_exists(opendir HAVE_OPENDIR)
 check_function_exists(readlink HAVE_READLINK)
 check_function_exists(setenv HAVE_SETENV)

config/config.h.in

@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
 
 #define SIZEOF_INT @SIZEOF_INT@
 #define SIZEOF_LONG @SIZEOF_LONG@
-#define SIZEOF_OFF_T @SIZEOF_OFF_T@
 
 #if @SIZEOF_VOID_PTR@ == 8
 #define ARCH_64
@@ -14,22 +13,18 @@
 #endif
 
 #cmakedefine HAVE__NSGETENVIRON
-#cmakedefine HAVE_CRT_EXTERNS_H
-#cmakedefine HAVE_FCNTL_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_FD_CLOEXEC
 #cmakedefine HAVE_FSEEKO
-#cmakedefine HAVE_FSYNC
 #cmakedefine HAVE_GETPWENT
 #cmakedefine HAVE_GETPWNAM
 #cmakedefine HAVE_GETPWUID
 #cmakedefine HAVE_ICONV
 #cmakedefine HAVE_ICONV_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_LANGINFO_H
-#cmakedefine HAVE_LIBGEN_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_LOCALE_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_NL_LANGINFO_CODESET
 #cmakedefine HAVE_NL_MSG_CAT_CNTR
-#cmakedefine HAVE_PUTENV
+#cmakedefine HAVE_PUTENV_S
 #cmakedefine HAVE_PWD_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_READLINK
 // TODO: add proper cmake check
@@ -42,11 +37,8 @@
 #cmakedefine HAVE_STRCASECMP
 #cmakedefine HAVE_STRINGS_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_STRNCASECMP
-#cmakedefine HAVE_STROPTS_H
-#cmakedefine HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
-#cmakedefine HAVE_UNISTD_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_UTIME
 #cmakedefine HAVE_UTIME_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_UTIMES

config/versiondef.h.in

@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
 #define NVIM_VERSION_MINOR @NVIM_VERSION_MINOR@
 #define NVIM_VERSION_PATCH @NVIM_VERSION_PATCH@
 #define NVIM_VERSION_PRERELEASE "@NVIM_VERSION_PRERELEASE@"
-#cmakedefine NVIM_VERSION_COMMIT "@NVIM_VERSION_COMMIT@"
 #cmakedefine NVIM_VERSION_MEDIUM "@NVIM_VERSION_MEDIUM@"
 
 #define NVIM_VERSION_CFLAGS "@NVIM_VERSION_CFLAGS@"

contrib/YouCompleteMe/ycm_extra_conf.py

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ def DirectoryOfThisScript():
 
 def GetDatabase():
     compilation_database_folder = os.path.join(DirectoryOfThisScript(),
-                                               '..', '..', 'build')
+                                               '..', 'build')
     if os.path.exists(compilation_database_folder):
         return ycm_core.CompilationDatabase(compilation_database_folder)
     return None

contrib/local.mk.example

@@ -31,6 +31,11 @@
 #
 # CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE := Debug
 
+# By default, nvim's log level is INFO (1) (unless CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE is
+# "Release", in which case logging is disabled).
+# The log level must be a number DEBUG (0), INFO (1), WARNING (2) or ERROR (3).
+# CMAKE_EXTRA_FLAGS += -DMIN_LOG_LEVEL=1
+
 # By default, nvim uses bundled versions of its required third-party
 # dependencies.
 # Uncomment these entries to instead use system-wide installations of

man/nvim.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.Dd November 11, 2015
+.Dd January 28, 2016
 .Dt NVIM 1
 .Os
 .Sh NAME
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Can be used to edit files starting with a hyphen
 .Pq Sq - .
 .It Fl -literal
 Interpret filenames literally, that is, do not expand wildcards.
-Has no effect on UNIX-like systems, where the shell expands wildcards.
+Has no effect on Unix-like systems, where the shell expands wildcards.
 .It Fl e
 Ex mode.
 See
@@ -373,8 +373,24 @@ Used to set the 'shell' option, which determines the shell used by the
 command.
 .It Ev NVIM_TUI_ENABLE_CURSOR_SHAPE
 If defined, change the cursor shape to a vertical bar while in insert mode.
-Requires that the host terminal support the DECSCUSR CSI escape sequence.
+Requires that the host terminal supports the DECSCUSR CSI escape sequence.
 Has no effect in GUIs.
+.Pp
+Depending on the terminal emulator, using this option with
+.Nm
+under
+.Xr tmux 1
+might require adding the following to
+.Pa ~/.tmux.conf :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+set -ga terminal-overrides ',*:Ss=\eE[%p1%d q:Se=\eE[2 q'
+.Ed
+.Pp
+See
+.Ic terminal-overrides
+in the
+.Xr tmux 1
+manual page for more information.
 .It Ev NVIM_TUI_ENABLE_TRUE_COLOR
 If defined, assume the host terminal supports 24 bit colors.
 Has no effect in GUIs.

runtime/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -26,15 +26,12 @@ foreach(DF ${DOCFILES})
   list(APPEND BUILDDOCFILES ${GENERATED_RUNTIME_DIR}/doc/${F})
 endforeach()
 
-add_custom_command(OUTPUT ${BUILDDOCFILES}
-  COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_directory
+add_custom_command(OUTPUT copy_docfiles
+    COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_directory
     ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/runtime/doc ${GENERATED_RUNTIME_DIR}/doc
-  DEPENDS
-    ${DOCFILES})
+)
 
 add_custom_command(OUTPUT ${GENERATED_HELP_TAGS}
-  COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_directory
-    ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/runtime/doc ${GENERATED_RUNTIME_DIR}/doc
   COMMAND "${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/bin/nvim"
     -u NONE
     -i NONE
@@ -43,7 +40,7 @@ add_custom_command(OUTPUT ${GENERATED_HELP_TAGS}
     -c "helptags ++t ."
     -c quit
   DEPENDS
-    ${BUILDDOCFILES}
+    copy_docfiles
     nvim
   WORKING_DIRECTORY "${GENERATED_RUNTIME_DIR}/doc"
 )

runtime/autoload/getscript.vim

@@ -1,667 +0,0 @@
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" getscript.vim
-"  Author:	Charles E. Campbell
-"  Date:	Jan 21, 2014
-"  Version:	36
-"  Installing:	:help glvs-install
-"  Usage:	:help glvs
-"
-" GetLatestVimScripts: 642 1 :AutoInstall: getscript.vim
-"redraw!|call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" Initialization:	{{{1
-" if you're sourcing this file, surely you can't be
-" expecting vim to be in its vi-compatible mode!
-if exists("g:loaded_getscript")
- finish
-endif
-let g:loaded_getscript= "v36"
-if &cp
- echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
- finish
-endif
-if v:version < 702
- echohl WarningMsg
- echo "***warning*** this version of getscript needs vim 7.2"
- echohl Normal
- finish
-endif
-let s:keepcpo = &cpo
-set cpo&vim
-"DechoTabOn
-
-" ---------------------------
-" Global Variables: {{{1
-" ---------------------------
-" Cygwin Detection ------- {{{2
-if !exists("g:getscript_cygwin")
- if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
-  if &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
-   let g:getscript_cygwin= 1
-  else
-   let g:getscript_cygwin= 0
-  endif
- else
-  let g:getscript_cygwin= 0
- endif
-endif
-
-" wget vs curl {{{2
-if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget")
- if executable("wget")
-  let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget= "wget"
- elseif executable("curl")
-  let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget= "curl"
- else
-  let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget    = 'echo "GetLatestVimScripts needs wget or curl"'
-  let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options = ""
- endif
-endif
-
-" options that wget and curl require:
-if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_options")
- if g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget == "wget"
-  let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options= "-q -O"
- elseif g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget == "curl"
-  let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options= "-s -O"
- else
-  let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options= ""
- endif
-endif
-
-" by default, allow autoinstall lines to work
-if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall")
- let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall= 1
-endif
-
-" set up default scriptaddr address
-if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr")
- let g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr = 'http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='
-endif
-
-"" For debugging:
-"let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget    = "echo"
-"let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options = "options"
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" Check If AutoInstall Capable: {{{1
-let s:autoinstall= ""
-if g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
-
- if (has("win32") || has("gui_win32") || has("gui_win32s") || has("win16") || has("win64") || has("win32unix") || has("win95")) && &shell != "bash"
-  " windows (but not cygwin/bash)
-  let s:dotvim= "vimfiles"
-  if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv")
-   let g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv= "ren"
-  endif
-
- else
-  " unix
-  let s:dotvim= ".vim"
-  if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv")
-   let g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv= "mv"
-  endif
- endif
-
- if exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_autoinstalldir") && isdirectory(g:GetLatestVimScripts_autoinstalldir)
-  let s:autoinstall= g:GetLatestVimScripts_autoinstalldir"
- elseif exists('$HOME') && isdirectory(expand("$HOME")."/".s:dotvim)
-  let s:autoinstall= $HOME."/".s:dotvim
- endif
-" call Decho("s:autoinstall<".s:autoinstall.">")
-"else "Decho
-" call Decho("g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall=".g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall.": :AutoInstall: disabled")
-endif
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-"  Public Interface: {{{1
-com!        -nargs=0 GetLatestVimScripts call getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
-com!        -nargs=0 GetScript           call getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
-silent! com -nargs=0 GLVS                call getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" GetLatestVimScripts: this function gets the latest versions of {{{1
-"                      scripts based on the list in
-"   (first dir in runtimepath)/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
-fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
-"  call Dfunc("GetLatestVimScripts() autoinstall<".s:autoinstall.">")
-
-" insure that wget is executable
-  if executable(g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget) != 1
-   echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts needs ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." which apparently is not available on your system"
-"   call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : wget not executable/availble")
-   return
-  endif
-
-  " insure that fnameescape() is available
-  if !exists("*fnameescape")
-   echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts needs fnameescape() (provided by 7.1.299 or later)"
-   return
-  endif
-
-  " Find the .../GetLatest subdirectory under the runtimepath
-  for datadir in split(&rtp,',') + ['']
-   if isdirectory(datadir."/GetLatest")
-"    call Decho("found directory<".datadir.">")
-    let datadir= datadir . "/GetLatest"
-    break
-   endif
-   if filereadable(datadir."GetLatestVimScripts.dat")
-"    call Decho("found ".datadir."/GetLatestVimScripts.dat")
-    break
-   endif
-  endfor
-
-  " Sanity checks: readability and writability
-  if datadir == ""
-   echoerr 'Missing "GetLatest/" on your runtimepath - see :help glvs-dist-install'
-"   call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : unable to find a GetLatest subdirectory")
-   return
-  endif
-  if filewritable(datadir) != 2
-   echoerr "(getLatestVimScripts) Your ".datadir." isn't writable"
-"   call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : non-writable directory<".datadir.">")
-   return
-  endif
-  let datafile= datadir."/GetLatestVimScripts.dat"
-  if !filereadable(datafile)
-   echoerr "Your data file<".datafile."> isn't readable"
-"   call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : non-readable datafile<".datafile.">")
-   return
-  endif
-  if !filewritable(datafile)
-   echoerr "Your data file<".datafile."> isn't writable"
-"   call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : non-writable datafile<".datafile.">")
-   return
-  endif
-  " --------------------
-  " Passed sanity checks
-  " --------------------
-
-"  call Decho("datadir  <".datadir.">")
-"  call Decho("datafile <".datafile.">")
-
-  " don't let any event handlers interfere (like winmanager's, taglist's, etc)
-  let eikeep  = &ei
-  let hlskeep = &hls
-  let acdkeep = &acd
-  set ei=all hls&vim noacd
-
-  " Edit the datafile (ie. GetLatestVimScripts.dat):
-  " 1. record current directory (origdir),
-  " 2. change directory to datadir,
-  " 3. split window
-  " 4. edit datafile
-  let origdir= getcwd()
-"  call Decho("exe cd ".fnameescape(substitute(datadir,'\','/','ge')))
-  exe "cd ".fnameescape(substitute(datadir,'\','/','ge'))
-  split
-"  call Decho("exe  e ".fnameescape(substitute(datafile,'\','/','ge')))
-  exe "e ".fnameescape(substitute(datafile,'\','/','ge'))
-  res 1000
-  let s:downloads = 0
-  let s:downerrors= 0
-
-  " Check on dependencies mentioned in plugins
-"  call Decho(" ")
-"  call Decho("searching plugins for GetLatestVimScripts dependencies")
-  let lastline    = line("$")
-"  call Decho("lastline#".lastline)
-  let firstdir    = substitute(&rtp,',.*$','','')
-  let plugins     = split(globpath(firstdir,"plugin/**/*.vim"),'\n')
-  let plugins     = plugins + split(globpath(firstdir,"AsNeeded/**/*.vim"),'\n')
-  let foundscript = 0
-
-  " this loop updates the GetLatestVimScripts.dat file
-  " with dependencies explicitly mentioned in the plugins
-  " via   GetLatestVimScripts: ... lines
-  " It reads the plugin script at the end of the GetLatestVimScripts.dat
-  " file, examines it, and then removes it.
-  for plugin in plugins
-"   call Decho(" ")
-"   call Decho("plugin<".plugin.">")
-
-   " read plugin in
-   " evidently a :r creates a new buffer (the "#" buffer) that is subsequently unused -- bwiping it
-   $
-"   call Decho(".dependency checking<".plugin."> line$=".line("$"))
-"   call Decho("..exe silent r ".fnameescape(plugin))
-   exe "silent r ".fnameescape(plugin)
-   exe "silent bwipe ".bufnr("#")
-
-   while search('^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\d\+\s\+\d\+','W') != 0
-    let depscript   = substitute(getline("."),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\d\+\s\+\d\+\s\+\(.*\)$','\1','e')
-    let depscriptid = substitute(getline("."),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+\(\d\+\)\s\+.*$','\1','')
-    let llp1        = lastline+1
-"    call Decho("..depscript<".depscript.">")
-
-    " found a "GetLatestVimScripts: # #" line in the script;
-    " check if its already in the datafile by searching backwards from llp1,
-    " the (prior to reading in the plugin script) last line plus one of the GetLatestVimScripts.dat file,
-    " for the script-id with no wrapping allowed.
-    let curline     = line(".")
-    let noai_script = substitute(depscript,'\s*:AutoInstall:\s*','','e')
-    exe llp1
-    let srchline    = search('^\s*'.depscriptid.'\s\+\d\+\s\+.*$','bW')
-    if srchline == 0
-     " this second search is taken when, for example, a   0 0 scriptname  is to be skipped over
-     let srchline= search('\<'.noai_script.'\>','bW')
-    endif
-"    call Decho("..noai_script<".noai_script."> depscriptid#".depscriptid." srchline#".srchline." curline#".line(".")." lastline#".lastline)
-
-    if srchline == 0
-     " found a new script to permanently include in the datafile
-     let keep_rega   = @a
-     let @a          = substitute(getline(curline),'^"\s\+GetLatestVimScripts:\s\+','','')
-     echomsg "Appending <".@a."> to ".datafile." for ".depscript
-"     call Decho("..Appending <".@a."> to ".datafile." for ".depscript)
-     exe lastline."put a"
-     let @a          = keep_rega
-     let lastline    = llp1
-     let curline     = curline     + 1
-     let foundscript = foundscript + 1
-"    else	" Decho
-"     call Decho("..found <".noai_script."> (already in datafile at line#".srchline.")")
-    endif
-
-    let curline = curline + 1
-    exe curline
-   endwhile
-
-   " llp1: last line plus one
-   let llp1= lastline + 1
-"   call Decho(".deleting lines: ".llp1.",$d")
-   exe "silent! ".llp1.",$d"
-  endfor
-"  call Decho("--- end dependency checking loop ---  foundscript=".foundscript)
-"  call Decho(" ")
-"  call Dredir("BUFFER TEST (GetLatestVimScripts 1)","ls!")
-
-  if foundscript == 0
-   setlocal nomod
-  endif
-
-  " --------------------------------------------------------------------
-  " Check on out-of-date scripts using GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
-  " --------------------------------------------------------------------
-"  call Decho("begin: checking out-of-date scripts using datafile<".datafile.">")
-  setlocal lz
-  1
-"  /^-----/,$g/^\s*\d/call Decho(getline("."))
-  1
-  /^-----/,$g/^\s*\d/call s:GetOneScript()
-"  call Decho("--- end out-of-date checking --- ")
-
-  " Final report (an echomsg)
-  try
-   silent! ?^-------?
-  catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E114/
-"   call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : nothing done!")
-   return
-  endtry
-  exe "norm! kz\<CR>"
-  redraw!
-  let s:msg = ""
-  if s:downloads == 1
-  let s:msg = "Downloaded one updated script to <".datadir.">"
-  elseif s:downloads == 2
-   let s:msg= "Downloaded two updated scripts to <".datadir.">"
-  elseif s:downloads > 1
-   let s:msg= "Downloaded ".s:downloads." updated scripts to <".datadir.">"
-  else
-   let s:msg= "Everything was already current"
-  endif
-  if s:downerrors > 0
-   let s:msg= s:msg." (".s:downerrors." downloading errors)"
-  endif
-  echomsg s:msg
-  " save the file
-  if &mod
-   silent! w!
-  endif
-  q!
-
-  " restore events and current directory
-  exe "cd ".fnameescape(substitute(origdir,'\','/','ge'))
-  let &ei  = eikeep
-  let &hls = hlskeep
-  let &acd = acdkeep
-  setlocal nolz
-"  call Dredir("BUFFER TEST (GetLatestVimScripts 2)","ls!")
-"  call Dret("GetLatestVimScripts : did ".s:downloads." downloads")
-endfun
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-"  GetOneScript: (Get Latest Vim Script) this function operates {{{1
-"    on the current line, interpreting two numbers and text as
-"    ScriptID, SourceID, and Filename.
-"    It downloads any scripts that have newer versions from vim.sourceforge.net.
-fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
-"   call Dfunc("GetOneScript()")
-
- " set options to allow progress to be shown on screen
-  let rega= @a
-  let t_ti= &t_ti
-  let t_te= &t_te
-  let rs  = &rs
-  set t_ti= t_te= nors
-
- " put current line on top-of-screen and interpret it into
- " a      script identifer  : used to obtain webpage
- "        source identifier : used to identify current version
- " and an associated comment: used to report on what's being considered
-  if a:0 >= 3
-   let scriptid = a:1
-   let srcid    = a:2
-   let fname    = a:3
-   let cmmnt    = ""
-"   call Decho("scriptid<".scriptid.">")
-"   call Decho("srcid   <".srcid.">")
-"   call Decho("fname   <".fname.">")
-  else
-   let curline  = getline(".")
-   if curline =~ '^\s*#'
-    let @a= rega
-"    call Dret("GetOneScript : skipping a pure comment line")
-    return
-   endif
-   let parsepat = '^\s*\(\d\+\)\s\+\(\d\+\)\s\+\(.\{-}\)\(\s*#.*\)\=$'
-   try
-    let scriptid = substitute(curline,parsepat,'\1','e')
-   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
-    let scriptid= 0
-   endtry
-   try
-    let srcid    = substitute(curline,parsepat,'\2','e')
-   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
-    let srcid= 0
-   endtry
-   try
-    let fname= substitute(curline,parsepat,'\3','e')
-   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
-    let fname= ""
-   endtry
-   try
-    let cmmnt= substitute(curline,parsepat,'\4','e')
-   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E486/
-    let cmmnt= ""
-   endtry
-"   call Decho("curline <".curline.">")
-"   call Decho("parsepat<".parsepat.">")
-"   call Decho("scriptid<".scriptid.">")
-"   call Decho("srcid   <".srcid.">")
-"   call Decho("fname   <".fname.">")
-  endif
-
-  " plugin author protection from downloading his/her own scripts atop their latest work
-  if scriptid == 0 || srcid == 0
-   " When looking for :AutoInstall: lines, skip scripts that have   0 0 scriptname
-   let @a= rega
-"   call Dret("GetOneScript : skipping a scriptid==srcid==0 line")
-   return
-  endif
-
-  let doautoinstall= 0
-  if fname =~ ":AutoInstall:"
-"   call Decho("case AutoInstall: fname<".fname.">")
-   let aicmmnt= substitute(fname,'\s\+:AutoInstall:\s\+',' ','')
-"   call Decho("aicmmnt<".aicmmnt."> s:autoinstall=".s:autoinstall)
-   if s:autoinstall != ""
-    let doautoinstall = g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
-   endif
-  else
-   let aicmmnt= fname
-  endif
-"  call Decho("aicmmnt<".aicmmnt.">: doautoinstall=".doautoinstall)
-
-  exe "norm z\<CR>"
-  redraw!
-"  call Decho('considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid)
-  echo 'considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid
-
-  " grab a copy of the plugin's vim.sourceforge.net webpage
-  let scriptaddr = g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr.scriptid
-  let tmpfile    = tempname()
-  let v:errmsg   = ""
-
-  " make up to three tries at downloading the description
-  let itry= 1
-  while itry <= 3
-"   call Decho(".try#".itry." to download description of <".aicmmnt."> with addr=".scriptaddr)
-   if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("win95")
-"    call Decho(".new|exe silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(tmpfile).' '.shellescape(scriptaddr)."|bw!")
-    new|exe "silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(tmpfile).' '.shellescape(scriptaddr)|bw!
-   else
-"    call Decho(".exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(tmpfile)." ".shellescape(scriptaddr))
-    exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(tmpfile)." ".shellescape(scriptaddr)
-   endif
-   if itry == 1
-    exe "silent vsplit ".fnameescape(tmpfile)
-   else
-    silent! e %
-   endif
-   setlocal bh=wipe
-  
-   " find the latest source-id in the plugin's webpage
-   silent! 1
-   let findpkg= search('Click on the package to download','W')
-   if findpkg > 0
-    break
-   endif
-   let itry= itry + 1
-  endwhile
-"  call Decho(" --- end downloading tries while loop --- itry=".itry)
-
-  " testing: did finding "Click on the package..." fail?
-  if findpkg == 0 || itry >= 4
-   silent q!
-   call delete(tmpfile)
-  " restore options
-   let &t_ti        = t_ti
-   let &t_te        = t_te
-   let &rs          = rs
-   let s:downerrors = s:downerrors + 1
-"   call Decho("***warning*** couldn'".'t find "Click on the package..." in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">")
-   echomsg "***warning*** couldn'".'t find "Click on the package..." in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">"
-"   call Dret("GetOneScript : srch for /Click on the package/ failed")
-   let @a= rega
-   return
-  endif
-"  call Decho('found "Click on the package to download"')
-
-  let findsrcid= search('src_id=','W')
-  if findsrcid == 0
-   silent q!
-   call delete(tmpfile)
-  " restore options
-   let &t_ti        = t_ti
-   let &t_te        = t_te
-   let &rs          = rs
-   let s:downerrors = s:downerrors + 1
-"   call Decho("***warning*** couldn'".'t find "src_id=" in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">")
-   echomsg "***warning*** couldn'".'t find "src_id=" in description page for <'.aicmmnt.">"
-   let @a= rega
-"  call Dret("GetOneScript : srch for /src_id/ failed")
-   return
-  endif
-"  call Decho('found "src_id=" in description page')
-
-  let srcidpat   = '^\s*<td class.*src_id=\(\d\+\)">\([^<]\+\)<.*$'
-  let latestsrcid= substitute(getline("."),srcidpat,'\1','')
-  let sname      = substitute(getline("."),srcidpat,'\2','') " script name actually downloaded
-"  call Decho("srcidpat<".srcidpat."> latestsrcid<".latestsrcid."> sname<".sname.">")
-  silent q!
-  call delete(tmpfile)
-
-  " convert the strings-of-numbers into numbers
-  let srcid       = srcid       + 0
-  let latestsrcid = latestsrcid + 0
-"  call Decho("srcid=".srcid." latestsrcid=".latestsrcid." sname<".sname.">")
-
-  " has the plugin's most-recent srcid increased, which indicates that it has been updated
-  if latestsrcid > srcid
-"   call Decho("[latestsrcid=".latestsrcid."] <= [srcid=".srcid."]: need to update <".sname.">")
-
-   let s:downloads= s:downloads + 1
-   if sname == bufname("%")
-    " GetLatestVimScript has to be careful about downloading itself
-    let sname= "NEW_".sname
-   endif
-
-   " -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   " the plugin has been updated since we last obtained it, so download a new copy
-   " -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-"   call Decho(".downloading new <".sname.">")
-   echomsg ".downloading new <".sname.">"
-   if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("win95")
-"    call Decho(".new|exe silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape('http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid)."|q")
-    new|exe "silent r!".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape('http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='.latestsrcid)|q
-   else
-"    call Decho(".exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape('http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='))
-    exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget." ".g:GetLatestVimScripts_options." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape('http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id=').latestsrcid
-   endif
-
-   " --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   " AutoInstall: only if doautoinstall has been requested by the plugin itself
-   " --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-"   call Decho("checking if plugin requested autoinstall: doautoinstall=".doautoinstall)
-   if doautoinstall
-"    call Decho(" ")
-"    call Decho("Autoinstall: getcwd<".getcwd()."> filereadable(".sname.")=".filereadable(sname))
-    if filereadable(sname)
-"     call Decho("<".sname."> is readable")
-"     call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape(s:autoinstall))
-     exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape(s:autoinstall)
-     let curdir    = fnameescape(substitute(getcwd(),'\','/','ge'))
-     let installdir= curdir."/Installed"
-     if !isdirectory(installdir)
-      call mkdir(installdir)
-     endif
-"     call Decho("curdir<".curdir."> installdir<".installdir.">")
-"     call Decho("exe cd ".fnameescape(s:autoinstall))
-     exe "cd ".fnameescape(s:autoinstall)
-
-     " determine target directory for moves
-     let firstdir= substitute(&rtp,',.*$','','')
-     let pname   = substitute(sname,'\..*','.vim','')
-"     call Decho("determine tgtdir: is <".firstdir.'/AsNeeded/'.pname." readable?")
-     if filereadable(firstdir.'/AsNeeded/'.pname)
-      let tgtdir= "AsNeeded"
-     else
-      let tgtdir= "plugin"
-     endif
-"     call Decho("tgtdir<".tgtdir.">  pname<".pname.">")
-     
-     " decompress
-     if sname =~ '\.bz2$'
-"      call Decho("decompress: attempt to bunzip2 ".sname)
-      exe "sil !bunzip2 ".shellescape(sname)
-      let sname= substitute(sname,'\.bz2$','','')
-"      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after bunzip2")
-     elseif sname =~ '\.gz$'
-"      call Decho("decompress: attempt to gunzip ".sname)
-      exe "sil !gunzip ".shellescape(sname)
-      let sname= substitute(sname,'\.gz$','','')
-"      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after gunzip")
-     elseif sname =~ '\.xz$'
-"      call Decho("decompress: attempt to unxz ".sname)
-      exe "sil !unxz ".shellescape(sname)
-      let sname= substitute(sname,'\.xz$','','')
-"      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after unxz")
-     else
-"      call Decho("no decompression needed")
-     endif
-     
-     " distribute archive(.zip, .tar, .vba, ...) contents
-     if sname =~ '\.zip$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to unzip ".sname)
-      exe "silent !unzip -o ".shellescape(sname)
-     elseif sname =~ '\.tar$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar ".sname)
-      exe "silent !tar -xvf ".shellescape(sname)
-     elseif sname =~ '\.tgz$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+gunzip ".sname)
-      exe "silent !tar -zxvf ".shellescape(sname)
-     elseif sname =~ '\.taz$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+uncompress ".sname)
-      exe "silent !tar -Zxvf ".shellescape(sname)
-     elseif sname =~ '\.tbz$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+bunzip2 ".sname)
-      exe "silent !tar -jxvf ".shellescape(sname)
-     elseif sname =~ '\.txz$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+xz ".sname)
-      exe "silent !tar -Jxvf ".shellescape(sname)
-     elseif sname =~ '\.vba$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to handle a vimball: ".sname)
-      silent 1split
-      if exists("g:vimball_home")
-       let oldvimballhome= g:vimball_home
-      endif
-      let g:vimball_home= s:autoinstall
-      exe "silent e ".fnameescape(sname)
-      silent so %
-      silent q
-      if exists("oldvimballhome")
-       let g:vimball_home= oldvimballhome
-      else
-       unlet g:vimball_home
-      endif
-     else
-"      call Decho("no dearchiving needed")
-     endif
-     
-     " ---------------------------------------------
-     " move plugin to plugin/ or AsNeeded/ directory
-     " ---------------------------------------------
-     if sname =~ '.vim$'
-"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to simply move ".sname." to ".tgtdir)
-      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".tgtdir
-     else
-"      call Decho("dearchive: move <".sname."> to installdir<".installdir.">")
-      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".installdir
-     endif
-     if tgtdir != "plugin"
-"      call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." plugin/".shellescape(pname)." ".tgtdir)
-      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." plugin/".shellescape(pname)." ".tgtdir
-     endif
-     
-     " helptags step
-     let docdir= substitute(&rtp,',.*','','e')."/doc"
-"     call Decho("helptags: docdir<".docdir.">")
-     exe "helptags ".fnameescape(docdir)
-     exe "cd ".fnameescape(curdir)
-    endif
-    if fname !~ ':AutoInstall:'
-     let modline=scriptid." ".latestsrcid." :AutoInstall: ".fname.cmmnt
-    else
-     let modline=scriptid." ".latestsrcid." ".fname.cmmnt
-    endif
-   else
-    let modline=scriptid." ".latestsrcid." ".fname.cmmnt
-   endif
-
-   " update the data in the <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file
-   call setline(line("."),modline)
-"   call Decho("update data in ".expand("%")."#".line(".").": modline<".modline.">")
-"  else " Decho
-"   call Decho("[latestsrcid=".latestsrcid."] <= [srcid=".srcid."], no need to update")
-  endif
-
- " restore options
-  let &t_ti = t_ti
-  let &t_te = t_te
-  let &rs   = rs
-  let @a    = rega
-"  call Dredir("BUFFER TEST (GetOneScript)","ls!")
-
-"  call Dret("GetOneScript")
-endfun
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" Restore Options: {{{1
-let &cpo= s:keepcpo
-unlet s:keepcpo
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-"  Modelines: {{{1
-" vim: ts=8 sts=2 fdm=marker nowrap

runtime/autoload/man.vim

@@ -75,7 +75,9 @@ function man#get_page(...) abort
 
   setlocal modifiable
   silent keepjumps norm! 1G"_dG
-  let $MANWIDTH = winwidth(0)
+  if empty($MANWIDTH)
+    let $MANWIDTH = winwidth(0)
+  endif
   silent exec 'r!/usr/bin/man '.s:cmd(sect, page).' | col -b'
   " Remove blank lines from top and bottom.
   while getline(1) =~ '^\s*$'

runtime/autoload/phpcomplete.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:	Dávid Szabó ( complex857 AT gmail DOT com )
 " Previous Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
 " URL: https://github.com/shawncplus/phpcomplete.vim
-" Last Change:  2014 Dec 01
+" Last Change:  2015 Apr 02
 "
 "	OPTIONS:
 "
@@ -141,71 +141,80 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompletePHP(findstart, base) " {{{
 		if a:base != ""
 			let context = substitute(context, '\s*[$a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*$', '', '')
 		end
+	else
+		let context = ''
 	end
 
-	let [current_namespace, imports] = phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(getline(0, line('.')))
+	try
+		let winheight = winheight(0)
+		let winnr = winnr()
 
-	if context =~? '^use\s'
-		return phpcomplete#CompleteUse(a:base)
-	endif
+		let [current_namespace, imports] = phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(getline(0, line('.')))
 
-	if context =~ '\(->\|::\)$'
-		" {{{
-		" Get name of the class
-		let classname = phpcomplete#GetClassName(line('.'), context, current_namespace, imports)
+		if context =~? '^use\s' || context ==? 'use'
+			return phpcomplete#CompleteUse(a:base)
+		endif
 
-		" Get location of class definition, we have to iterate through all
-		if classname != ''
-			if classname =~ '\'
-				" split the last \ segment as a classname, everything else is the namespace
-				let classname_parts = split(classname, '\')
-				let namespace = join(classname_parts[0:-2], '\')
-				let classname = classname_parts[-1]
+		if context =~ '\(->\|::\)$'
+			" {{{
+			" Get name of the class
+			let classname = phpcomplete#GetClassName(line('.'), context, current_namespace, imports)
+
+			" Get location of class definition, we have to iterate through all
+			if classname != ''
+				if classname =~ '\'
+					" split the last \ segment as a classname, everything else is the namespace
+					let classname_parts = split(classname, '\')
+					let namespace = join(classname_parts[0:-2], '\')
+					let classname = classname_parts[-1]
+				else
+					let namespace = '\'
+				endif
+				let classlocation = phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(classname, namespace)
 			else
-				let namespace = '\'
+				let classlocation = ''
 			endif
-			let classlocation = phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(classname, namespace)
+
+			if classlocation != ''
+				if classlocation == 'VIMPHP_BUILTINOBJECT' && has_key(g:php_builtin_classes, tolower(classname))
+					return phpcomplete#CompleteBuiltInClass(context, classname, a:base)
+				endif
+
+				if filereadable(classlocation)
+					let classfile = readfile(classlocation)
+					let classcontent = ''
+					let classcontent .= "\n".phpcomplete#GetClassContents(classlocation, classname)
+					let sccontent = split(classcontent, "\n")
+					let visibility = expand('%:p') == fnamemodify(classlocation, ':p') ? 'private' : 'public'
+
+					return phpcomplete#CompleteUserClass(context, a:base, sccontent, visibility)
+				endif
+			endif
+
+			return phpcomplete#CompleteUnknownClass(a:base, context)
+			" }}}
+		elseif context =~? 'implements'
+			return phpcomplete#CompleteClassName(a:base, ['i'], current_namespace, imports)
+		elseif context =~? 'extends\s\+.\+$' && a:base == ''
+			return ['implements']
+		elseif context =~? 'extends'
+			let kinds = context =~? 'class\s' ? ['c'] : ['i']
+			return phpcomplete#CompleteClassName(a:base, kinds, current_namespace, imports)
+		elseif context =~? 'class [a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff\\][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff\\]*'
+			" special case when you've typed the class keyword and the name too, only extends and implements allowed there
+			return filter(['extends', 'implements'], 'stridx(v:val, a:base) == 0')
+		elseif context =~? 'new'
+			return phpcomplete#CompleteClassName(a:base, ['c'], current_namespace, imports)
+		endif
+
+		if a:base =~ '^\$'
+			return phpcomplete#CompleteVariable(a:base)
 		else
-			let classlocation = ''
+			return phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(a:base, current_namespace, imports)
 		endif
-
-		if classlocation != ''
-			if classlocation == 'VIMPHP_BUILTINOBJECT' && has_key(g:php_builtin_classes, tolower(classname))
-				return phpcomplete#CompleteBuiltInClass(context, classname, a:base)
-			endif
-
-			if filereadable(classlocation)
-				let classfile = readfile(classlocation)
-				let classcontent = ''
-				let classcontent .= "\n".phpcomplete#GetClassContents(classlocation, classname)
-				let sccontent = split(classcontent, "\n")
-				let visibility = expand('%:p') == fnamemodify(classlocation, ':p') ? 'private' : 'public'
-
-				return phpcomplete#CompleteUserClass(context, a:base, sccontent, visibility)
-			endif
-		endif
-
-		return phpcomplete#CompleteUnknownClass(a:base, context)
-		" }}}
-	elseif context =~? 'implements'
-		return phpcomplete#CompleteClassName(a:base, ['i'], current_namespace, imports)
-	elseif context =~? 'extends\s\+.\+$'
-		return ['implements']
-	elseif context =~? 'extends'
-		let kinds = context =~? 'class\s' ? ['c'] : ['i']
-		return phpcomplete#CompleteClassName(a:base, kinds, current_namespace, imports)
-	elseif context =~? 'class [a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff\\][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff\\]*'
-		" special case when you've typed the class keyword and the name too, only extends and implements allowed there
-		return filter(['extends', 'implements'], 'stridx(v:val, a:base) == 0')
-	elseif context =~? 'new'
-		return phpcomplete#CompleteClassName(a:base, ['c'], current_namespace, imports)
-	endif
-
-	if a:base =~ '^\$'
-		return phpcomplete#CompleteVariable(a:base)
-	else
-		return phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(a:base, current_namespace, imports)
-	endif
+	finally
+		silent! exec winnr.'resize '.winheight
+	endtry
 endfunction
 " }}}
 
@@ -244,12 +253,13 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteUse(base) " {{{
 			if has_key(tag, 'namespace')
 				let patched_ctags_detected = 1
 			endif
+
 			if tag.kind ==? 'n' && tag.name =~? '^'.namespace_match_pattern
 				let patched_ctags_detected = 1
 				call add(namespaced_matches, {'word': tag.name, 'kind': 'n', 'menu': tag.filename, 'info': tag.filename })
-			elseif has_key(tag, 'namespace') && (tag.kind ==? 'c' || tag.kind ==? 'i') && tag.namespace ==? namespace_for_class
+			elseif has_key(tag, 'namespace') && (tag.kind ==? 'c' || tag.kind ==? 'i' || tag.kind ==? 't') && tag.namespace ==? namespace_for_class
 				call add(namespaced_matches, {'word': namespace_for_class.'\'.tag.name, 'kind': tag.kind, 'menu': tag.filename, 'info': tag.filename })
-			elseif (tag.kind ==? 'c' || tag.kind ==? 'i')
+			elseif (tag.kind ==? 'c' || tag.kind ==? 'i' || tag.kind ==? 't')
 				call add(no_namespace_matches, {'word': namespace_for_class.'\'.tag.name, 'kind': tag.kind, 'menu': tag.filename, 'info': tag.filename })
 			endif
 		endfor
@@ -272,6 +282,10 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteUse(base) " {{{
 		endfor
 	endif
 
+	for comp in res
+		let comp.word = substitute(comp.word, '^\\', '', '')
+	endfor
+
 	return res
 endfunction
 " }}}
@@ -326,6 +340,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 	let ext_functions  = {}
 	let ext_constants  = {}
 	let ext_classes    = {}
+	let ext_traits     = {}
 	let ext_interfaces = {}
 	let ext_namespaces = {}
 
@@ -420,7 +435,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 						endif
 					endif
 				endif
-			elseif tag.kind ==? 'c' || tag.kind ==? 'i'
+			elseif tag.kind ==? 'c' || tag.kind ==? 'i' || tag.kind ==? 't'
 				let info = ' - '.tag.filename
 
 				let key = ''
@@ -441,6 +456,8 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 						let ext_classes[key] = info
 					elseif tag.kind ==? 'i'
 						let ext_interfaces[key] = info
+					elseif tag.kind ==? 't'
+						let ext_traits[key] = info
 					endif
 				endif
 			endif
@@ -463,7 +480,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 		endfor
 		for [interfacename, info] in items(g:php_builtin_interfacenames)
 			if interfacename =~? '^'.base
-				let builtin_interfaces[leading_slash.interfacename] = info
+				let builtin_interfaces[leading_slash.g:php_builtin_interfaces[tolower(interfacename)].name] = info
 			endif
 		endfor
 	endif
@@ -511,6 +528,8 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 				else
 					let ext_interfaces[imported_name] = ' '.import.name.' - '.import.filename
 				endif
+			elseif import.kind ==? 't'
+				let ext_traits[imported_name] = ' '.import.name.' - '.import.filename
 			endif
 
 			" no builtin interfaces
@@ -540,6 +559,9 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 	" Add external interfaces
 	call extend(all_values, ext_interfaces)
 
+	" Add external traits
+	call extend(all_values, ext_traits)
+
 	" Add built-in classes
 	call extend(all_values, builtin_classnames)
 
@@ -566,6 +588,8 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 		elseif has_key(ext_interfaces, i) || has_key(builtin_interfaces, i)
 			let info = has_key(ext_interfaces, i) ? ext_interfaces[i] : builtin_interfaces[i].' - builtin'
 			let final_list += [{'word':i, 'kind': 'i', 'menu': info, 'info': i.info}]
+		elseif has_key(ext_traits, i)
+			let final_list += [{'word':i, 'kind': 't', 'menu': ext_traits[i], 'info': ext_traits[i]}]
 		elseif has_key(int_constants, i) || has_key(builtin_constants, i)
 			let info = has_key(int_constants, i) ? int_constants[i] : ' - builtin'
 			let final_list += [{'word':i, 'kind': 'd', 'menu': info, 'info': i.info}]
@@ -784,7 +808,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteClassName(base, kinds, current_namespace, imports)
 
 	let tags = []
 	if len(tag_match_pattern) >= g:phpcomplete_min_num_of_chars_for_namespace_completion
-		let tags = phpcomplete#GetTaglist('^'.tag_match_pattern)
+		let tags = phpcomplete#GetTaglist('^\c'.tag_match_pattern)
 	endif
 
 	if len(tags)
@@ -861,6 +885,39 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompareCompletionRow(i1, i2) " {{{
 endfunction
 " }}}
 
+function! s:getNextCharWithPos(filelines, current_pos) " {{{
+	let line_no   = a:current_pos[0]
+	let col_no    = a:current_pos[1]
+	let last_line = a:filelines[len(a:filelines) - 1]
+	let end_pos   = [len(a:filelines) - 1, strlen(last_line) - 1]
+	if line_no > end_pos[0] || line_no == end_pos[0] && col_no > end_pos[1]
+		return ['EOF', 'EOF']
+	endif
+
+	" we've not reached the end of the current line break
+	if col_no + 1 < strlen(a:filelines[line_no])
+		let col_no += 1
+	else
+		" we've reached the end of the current line, jump to the next
+		" non-blank line (blank lines have no position where we can read from,
+		" not even a whitespace. The newline char does not positionable by vim
+		let line_no += 1
+		while strlen(a:filelines[line_no]) == 0
+			let line_no += 1
+		endwhile
+
+		let col_no = 0
+	endif
+
+	" return 'EOF' string to signal end of file, normal results only one char
+	" in length
+	if line_no == end_pos[0] && col_no > end_pos[1]
+		return ['EOF', 'EOF']
+	endif
+
+	return [[line_no, col_no], a:filelines[line_no][col_no]]
+endfunction " }}}
+
 function! phpcomplete#EvaluateModifiers(modifiers, required_modifiers, prohibited_modifiers) " {{{
 	" if theres no modifier, and no modifier is allowed and no modifier is required
 	if len(a:modifiers) == 0 && len(a:required_modifiers) == 0
@@ -1475,21 +1532,19 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 				return ''
 			endif
 
-			if line =~? '\v^\s*(abstract\s+|final\s+)*\s*class'
-				let class_name = matchstr(line, '\c\s*class\s*\zs'.class_name_pattern.'\ze')
+			if line =~? '\v^\s*(abstract\s+|final\s+)*\s*class\s'
+				let class_name = matchstr(line, '\cclass\s\+\zs'.class_name_pattern.'\ze')
 				let extended_class = matchstr(line, '\cclass\s\+'.class_name_pattern.'\s\+extends\s\+\zs'.class_name_pattern.'\ze')
 
 				let classname_candidate = a:context =~? 'parent::' ? extended_class : class_name
-			else
-				let i += 1
-				continue
+				if classname_candidate != ''
+					let [classname_candidate, class_candidate_namespace] = phpcomplete#GetCallChainReturnType(classname_candidate, class_candidate_namespace, class_candidate_imports, methodstack)
+					" return absolute classname, without leading \
+					return (class_candidate_namespace == '\' || class_candidate_namespace == '') ? classname_candidate : class_candidate_namespace.'\'.classname_candidate
+				endif
 			endif
 
-			if classname_candidate != ''
-				let [classname_candidate, class_candidate_namespace] = phpcomplete#GetCallChainReturnType(classname_candidate, class_candidate_namespace, class_candidate_imports, methodstack)
-				" return absolute classname, without leading \
-				return (class_candidate_namespace == '\' || class_candidate_namespace == '') ? classname_candidate : class_candidate_namespace.'\'.classname_candidate
-			endif
+			let i += 1
 		endwhile
 	elseif a:context =~? '(\s*new\s\+'.class_name_pattern.'\s*)->'
 		let classname_candidate = matchstr(a:context, '\cnew\s\+\zs'.class_name_pattern.'\ze')
@@ -1602,26 +1657,26 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 				endif
 			endif
 
-			" in-file lookup for typehinted function arguments
-			"   - the function can have a name or be anonymous (e.g., function qux() { ... } vs. function () { ... })
-			"   - the type-hinted argument can be anywhere in the arguments list.
-			if line =~? 'function\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*(.\{-}'.class_name_pattern.'\s\+'.object && !object_is_array
-				let f_args = matchstr(line, '\cfunction\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*(\zs.\{-}\ze)')
-				let args = split(f_args, '\s*\zs,\ze\s*')
-				for arg in args
-					if arg =~# object.'\(,\|$\)'
-						let classname_candidate = matchstr(arg, '\s*\zs'.class_name_pattern.'\ze\s\+'.object)
-						let [classname_candidate, class_candidate_namespace] = phpcomplete#ExpandClassName(classname_candidate, a:current_namespace, a:imports)
+			" function declaration line
+			if line =~? 'function\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*('
+				let function_lines = join(reverse(lines), " ")
+				" search for type hinted arguments
+				if function_lines =~? 'function\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*(.\{-}'.class_name_pattern.'\s\+'.object && !object_is_array
+					let f_args = matchstr(function_lines, '\cfunction\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*(\zs.\{-}\ze)')
+					let args = split(f_args, '\s*\zs,\ze\s*')
+					for arg in args
+						if arg =~# object.'\(,\|$\)'
+							let classname_candidate = matchstr(arg, '\s*\zs'.class_name_pattern.'\ze\s\+'.object)
+							let [classname_candidate, class_candidate_namespace] = phpcomplete#ExpandClassName(classname_candidate, a:current_namespace, a:imports)
+							break
+						endif
+					endfor
+					if classname_candidate != ''
 						break
 					endif
-				endfor
-				if classname_candidate != ''
-					break
 				endif
-			endif
 
-			" if we see a function declaration, try loading the docblock for it and look for matching @params
-			if line =~? 'function\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*(.\{-}'.object
+				" search for docblock for the function
 				let match_line = substitute(line, '\\', '\\\\', 'g')
 				let sccontent = getline(0, a:start_line - i)
 				let doc_str = phpcomplete#GetDocBlock(sccontent, match_line)
@@ -1641,13 +1696,14 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 			endif
 
 			" assignment for the variable in question with a variable on the right hand side
-			if line =~# '^\s*'.object.'\s*=&\?\s*'.variable_name_pattern
+			if line =~# '^\s*'.object.'\s*=&\?\s\+\(clone\)\?\s*'.variable_name_pattern
 
 				" try to find the next non-comment or string ";" char
-				let start_col = match(line, '^\s*'.object.'\C\s*=\zs&\?\s*'.variable_name_pattern)
+				let start_col = match(line, '^\s*'.object.'\C\s*=\zs&\?\s\+\(clone\)\?\s*'.variable_name_pattern)
 				let filelines = reverse(lines)
 				let [pos, char] = s:getNextCharWithPos(filelines, [a:start_line - i - 1, start_col])
 				let chars_read = 1
+				let last_pos = pos
 				" read while end of the file
 				while char != 'EOF' && chars_read < 1000
 					let last_pos = pos
@@ -1689,6 +1745,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 				let filelines = reverse(lines)
 				let [pos, char] = s:getNextCharWithPos(filelines, [a:start_line - i - 1, start_col])
 				let chars_read = 1
+				let last_pos = pos
 				" read while end of the file
 				while char != 'EOF' && chars_read < 1000
 					let last_pos = pos
@@ -1819,7 +1876,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(classname, namespace) " {{{
 	let i = 1
 	while i < line('.')
 		let line = getline(line('.')-i)
-		if line =~? '^\s*\(abstract\s\+\|final\s\+\)*\s*class\s*'.a:classname.'\(\s\+\|$\)' && tolower(current_namespace) == search_namespace
+		if line =~? '^\s*\(abstract\s\+\|final\s\+\)*\s*\(class\|interface\|trait\)\s*'.a:classname.'\(\s\+\|$\)' && tolower(current_namespace) == search_namespace
 			return expand('%:p')
 		else
 			let i += 1
@@ -1831,7 +1888,9 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(classname, namespace) " {{{
 	let no_namespace_candidate = ''
 	let tags = phpcomplete#GetTaglist('^'.a:classname.'$')
 	for tag in tags
-		if tag.kind == 'c' || tag.kind == 'i'
+		" We'll allow interfaces and traits to be handled classes since you
+		" can't have colliding names with different kinds anyway
+		if tag.kind == 'c' || tag.kind == 'i' || tag.kind == 't'
 			if !has_key(tag, 'namespace')
 				let no_namespace_candidate = tag.filename
 			else
@@ -1981,7 +2040,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(file_path, file_lines, class_nam
 
 	silent! below 1new
 	silent! 0put =cfile
-	call search('\(class\|interface\)\_s\+'.a:class_name.'\(\>\|$\)')
+	call search('\c\(class\|interface\|trait\)\_s\+'.a:class_name.'\(\>\|$\)')
 	let cfline = line('.')
 	call search('{')
 	let endline = line('.')
@@ -1994,8 +2053,48 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(file_path, file_lines, class_nam
 		let extends_class = ''
 	endif
 	call searchpair('{', '', '}', 'W')
-	let classcontent = join(getline(cfline, line('.')), "\n")
+	let class_closing_bracket_line = line('.')
+	let classcontent = join(getline(cfline, class_closing_bracket_line), "\n")
+
+	let used_traits = []
+	" move back to the line next to the class's definition
+	call cursor(endline + 1, 1)
+	let keep_searching = 1
+	while keep_searching != 0
+		" try to grab "use..." keywords
+		let [lnum, col] = searchpos('\c^\s\+use\s\+'.class_name_pattern, 'cW', class_closing_bracket_line)
+		let syn_name = synIDattr(synID(lnum, col, 0), "name")
+		if syn_name =~? 'string\|comment'
+			call cursor(lnum + 1, 1)
+			continue
+		endif
+
+		let trait_line = getline(lnum)
+		if trait_line !~? ';'
+			" try to find the next line containing ';'
+			let l = lnum
+			let search_line = trait_line
+
+			" add lines from the file until theres no ';' in them
+			while search_line !~? ';' && l > 0
+				" file lines are reversed so we need to go backwards
+				let l += 1
+				let search_line = getline(l)
+				let trait_line .= ' '.substitute(search_line, '\(^\s\+\|\s\+$\)', '', 'g')
+			endwhile
+		endif
+		let use_expression = matchstr(trait_line, '^\s*use\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze;')
+		let use_parts = map(split(use_expression, '\s*,\s*'), 'substitute(v:val, "\\s+", " ", "g")')
+		let used_traits += map(use_parts, 'substitute(v:val, "\\s", "", "g")')
+		call cursor(lnum + 1, 1)
+
+		if [lnum, col] == [0, 0]
+			let keep_searching = 0
+		endif
+	endwhile
+
 	silent! bw! %
+
 	let [current_namespace, imports] = phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(a:file_lines[0:cfline])
 	" go back to original window
 	exe phpcomplete_original_window.'wincmd w'
@@ -2008,21 +2107,27 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(file_path, file_lines, class_nam
 				\ 'mtime': getftime(full_file_path),
 				\ })
 
+	let all_extends = used_traits
 	if extends_class != ''
-		let [extends_class, namespace] = phpcomplete#ExpandClassName(extends_class, current_namespace, imports)
-		if namespace == ''
-			let namespace = '\'
-		endif
-		let classlocation = phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(extends_class, namespace)
-		if classlocation == "VIMPHP_BUILTINOBJECT"
-			let result += [phpcomplete#GenerateBuiltinClassStub(g:php_builtin_classes[tolower(extends_class)])]
-		elseif classlocation != '' && filereadable(classlocation)
-			let full_file_path = fnamemodify(classlocation, ':p')
-			let result += phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(full_file_path, readfile(full_file_path), extends_class)
-		elseif tolower(current_namespace) == tolower(namespace)
-			" try to find the declaration in the same file.
-			let result += phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(full_file_path, a:file_lines, extends_class)
-		endif
+		call add(all_extends, extends_class)
+	endif
+	if len(all_extends) > 0
+		for class in all_extends
+			let [class, namespace] = phpcomplete#ExpandClassName(class, current_namespace, imports)
+			if namespace == ''
+				let namespace = '\'
+			endif
+			let classlocation = phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(class, namespace)
+			if classlocation == "VIMPHP_BUILTINOBJECT"
+				let result += [phpcomplete#GenerateBuiltinClassStub(g:php_builtin_classes[tolower(class)])]
+			elseif classlocation != '' && filereadable(classlocation)
+				let full_file_path = fnamemodify(classlocation, ':p')
+				let result += phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(full_file_path, readfile(full_file_path), class)
+			elseif tolower(current_namespace) == tolower(namespace)
+				" try to find the declaration in the same file.
+				let result += phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(full_file_path, a:file_lines, class)
+			endif
+		endfor
 	endif
 
 	return result
@@ -2270,19 +2375,40 @@ endfunction!
 " }}}
 
 function! phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(file_lines) " {{{
+	let original_window = winnr()
+
+	silent! below 1new
+	silent! 0put =a:file_lines
+	normal! G
+
+	" clear out classes, functions and other blocks
+	while 1
+		let block_start_pos = searchpos('\c\(class\|trait\|function\|interface\)\s\+\_.\{-}\zs{', 'Web')
+		if block_start_pos == [0, 0]
+			break
+		endif
+		let block_end_pos = searchpairpos('{', '', '}\|\%$', 'W', 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string\\|comment"')
+		silent! exec block_start_pos[0].','.block_end_pos[0].'d'
+	endwhile
+	normal! G
+
+	" grab the remains
+	let file_lines = reverse(getline(1, line('.') - 1))
+
+	silent! bw! %
+	exe original_window.'wincmd w'
+
 	let namespace_name_pattern = '[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff\\][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff\\]*'
-	let file_lines = reverse(copy(a:file_lines))
 	let i = 0
 	let file_length = len(file_lines)
 	let imports = {}
-
 	let current_namespace = '\'
 
 	while i < file_length
 		let line = file_lines[i]
 
 		if line =~? '^\s*namespace\s*'.namespace_name_pattern
-			let current_namespace = matchstr(line, '^\s*namespace\s*\zs'.namespace_name_pattern.'\ze')
+			let current_namespace = matchstr(line, '\c^\s*namespace\s*\zs'.namespace_name_pattern.'\ze')
 			break
 		endif
 
@@ -2303,11 +2429,11 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(file_lines) " {{{
 					let use_line .= ' '.substitute(search_line, '\(^\s\+\|\s\+$\)', '', 'g')
 				endwhile
 			endif
-			let use_expression = matchstr(use_line, '^\s*use\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze;')
+			let use_expression = matchstr(use_line, '^\c\s*use\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze;')
 			let use_parts = map(split(use_expression, '\s*,\s*'), 'substitute(v:val, "\\s+", " ", "g")')
 			for part in use_parts
 				if part =~? '\s\+as\s\+'
-					let [object, name] = split(part, '\s\+as\s\+')
+					let [object, name] = split(part, '\s\+as\s\+\c')
 					let object = substitute(object, '^\\', '', '')
 					let name   = substitute(name, '^\\', '', '')
 				else
@@ -2343,7 +2469,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(file_lines) " {{{
 								break
 							endif
 							" if the name matches with the extracted classname and namespace
-							if (tag.kind == 'c' || tag.kind == 'i') && tag.name == classname
+							if (tag.kind == 'c' || tag.kind == 'i' || tag.kind == 't') && tag.name == classname
 								if has_key(tag, 'namespace')
 									let patched_ctags_detected = 1
 									if tag.namespace == namespace_for_classes
@@ -2386,7 +2512,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(file_lines) " {{{
 						let tags = phpcomplete#GetTaglist('^'.import['name'].'$')
 						for tag in tags
 							" search for the first matchin namespace, class, interface with no namespace
-							if !has_key(tag, 'namespace') && (tag.kind == 'n' || tag.kind == 'c' || tag.kind == 'i')
+							if !has_key(tag, 'namespace') && (tag.kind == 'n' || tag.kind == 'c' || tag.kind == 'i' || tag.kind == 't')
 								call extend(import, tag)
 								let import['builtin'] = 0
 								break

runtime/autoload/provider/clipboard.vim

@@ -37,16 +37,16 @@ if executable('pbcopy')
   let s:copy['*'] = s:copy['+']
   let s:paste['*'] = s:paste['+']
   let s:cache_enabled = 0
-elseif executable('xclip')
-  let s:copy['+'] = 'xclip -quiet -i -selection clipboard'
-  let s:paste['+'] = 'xclip -o -selection clipboard'
-  let s:copy['*'] = 'xclip -quiet -i -selection primary'
-  let s:paste['*'] = 'xclip -o -selection primary'
-elseif executable('xsel')
+elseif exists('$DISPLAY') && executable('xsel')
   let s:copy['+'] = 'xsel --nodetach -i -b'
   let s:paste['+'] = 'xsel -o -b'
   let s:copy['*'] = 'xsel --nodetach -i -p'
   let s:paste['*'] = 'xsel -o -p'
+elseif exists('$DISPLAY') && executable('xclip')
+  let s:copy['+'] = 'xclip -quiet -i -selection clipboard'
+  let s:paste['+'] = 'xclip -o -selection clipboard'
+  let s:copy['*'] = 'xclip -quiet -i -selection primary'
+  let s:paste['*'] = 'xclip -o -selection primary'
 else
   echom 'clipboard: No clipboard tool available. See :help nvim-clipboard'
   finish
@@ -83,6 +83,7 @@ function! s:clipboard.set(lines, regtype, reg)
   end
   let selection.data = [a:lines, a:regtype]
   let argv = split(s:copy[a:reg], " ")
+  let selection.detach = s:cache_enabled
   let jobid = jobstart(argv, selection)
   if jobid <= 0
     echohl WarningMsg

runtime/autoload/provider/script_host.py

@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 """Legacy python/python3-vim emulation."""
 import imp
+import io
 import logging
 import os
 import sys
@@ -151,7 +152,7 @@ class ScriptHost(object):
         current.range = current.buffer.range(start, stop)
 
 
-class RedirectStream(object):
+class RedirectStream(io.IOBase):
     def __init__(self, redirect_handler):
         self.redirect_handler = redirect_handler
 
@@ -161,9 +162,6 @@ class RedirectStream(object):
     def writelines(self, seq):
         self.redirect_handler('\n'.join(seq))
 
-    def flush(self):
-        pass
-
 
 class LegacyEvalHook(neovim.SessionHook):
 

runtime/autoload/remote/host.vim

@@ -168,10 +168,15 @@ function! s:UpdateRemotePlugins()
   let hosts = keys(s:hosts)
   for host in hosts
     if has_key(s:plugin_patterns, host)
-      let commands = commands
-            \ + ['" '.host.' plugins']
-            \ + s:RegistrationCommands(host)
-            \ + ['', '']
+      try
+        let commands +=
+              \   ['" '.host.' plugins']
+              \ + s:RegistrationCommands(host)
+              \ + ['', '']
+      catch
+        echomsg v:throwpoint
+        echomsg v:exception
+      endtry
     endif
   endfor
   call writefile(commands, s:remote_plugins_manifest)
@@ -212,9 +217,11 @@ function! s:RequirePythonHost(host)
       return channel_id
     endif
   catch
+    echomsg v:throwpoint
     echomsg v:exception
   endtry
-  throw 'Failed to load Python host. You can try to see what happened '.
+  throw 'Failed to load '. a:host.orig_name . ' host. '.
+    \ 'You can try to see what happened '.
     \ 'by starting Neovim with the environment variable '.
     \ '$NVIM_PYTHON_LOG_FILE set to a file and opening '.
     \ 'the generated log file. Also, the host stderr will be available '.

runtime/autoload/tutor.vim

@@ -251,13 +251,14 @@ endfunction
 " Tutor Cmd: {{{1
 
 function! s:Locale()
-    let l:lang = ""
     if exists('v:lang') && v:lang =~ '\a\a'
         let l:lang = v:lang
     elseif $LC_ALL =~ '\a\a'
         let l:lang = $LC_ALL
     elseif $LANG =~ '\a\a'
         let l:lang = $LANG
+    else
+        let l:lang = 'en_US'
     endif
     return split(l:lang, '_')
 endfunction

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 23
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -258,6 +258,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |Syntax|		when the 'syntax' option has been set
 |EncodingChanged|	after the 'encoding' option has been changed
 |TermChanged|		after the value of 'term' has changed
+|OptionSet|		after setting any option
 
 	Startup and exit
 |VimEnter|		after doing all the startup stuff
@@ -745,6 +746,24 @@ MenuPopup			Just before showing the popup menu (under the
 					o	Operator-pending
 					i	Insert
 					c	Command line
+							*OptionSet*
+OptionSet			After setting an option.  The pattern is
+				matched against the long option name.
+				The |v:option_old| variable indicates the
+				old option value, |v:option_new| variable
+				indicates the newly set value, the
+				|v:option_type| variable indicates whether
+				it's global or local scoped and |<amatch>|
+				indicates what option has been set.
+
+				Note: It's a bad idea, to reset an option
+				during this autocommand, since this will
+				probably break plugins. You can always use
+				|:noa| to prevent triggering this autocommand.
+				Could be used, to check for existence of the
+				'backupdir' and 'undodir' options and create
+				directories, if they don't exist yet.
+
 							*QuickFixCmdPre*
 QuickFixCmdPre			Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
 				|:lmake|, |:grep|, |:lgrep|, |:grepadd|,
@@ -954,6 +973,13 @@ WinLeave			Before leaving a window.  If the window to be
 ==============================================================================
 6. Patterns					*autocmd-patterns* *{pat}*
 
+The {pat} argument can be a comma separated list.  This works as if the
+command was given with each pattern separately.  Thus this command: >
+	:autocmd BufRead *.txt,*.info set et
+Is equivalent to: >
+	:autocmd BufRead *.txt set et
+	:autocmd BufRead *.info set et
+
 The file pattern {pat} is tested for a match against the file name in one of
 two ways:
 1. When there is no '/' in the pattern, Vim checks for a match against only
@@ -1022,7 +1048,7 @@ The pattern is interpreted like mostly used in file names:
 	[^ch]   match any character but 'c' and 'h'
 
 Note that for all systems the '/' character is used for path separator (even
-MS-DOS). This was done because the backslash is difficult to use in a pattern
+Windows). This was done because the backslash is difficult to use in a pattern
 and to make the autocommands portable across different systems.
 
 							*autocmd-changes*

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jun 26
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Feb 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -370,9 +370,14 @@ CTRL-A			Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character at
 CTRL-X			Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
 			character at or after the cursor.
 
-The CTRL-A and CTRL-X commands work for (signed) decimal numbers, unsigned
-octal and hexadecimal numbers and alphabetic characters.  This depends on the
-'nrformats' option.
+The CTRL-A and CTRL-X commands can work for:
+- signed and unsigned decimal numbers
+- unsigned binary, octal and hexadecimal numbers
+- alphabetic characters
+
+This depends on the 'nrformats' option:
+- When 'nrformats' includes "bin", Vim assumes numbers starting with '0b' or
+  '0B' are binary.
 - When 'nrformats' includes "octal", Vim considers numbers starting with a '0'
   to be octal, unless the number includes a '8' or '9'.  Other numbers are
   decimal and may have a preceding minus sign.
@@ -386,6 +391,10 @@ octal and hexadecimal numbers and alphabetic characters.  This depends on the
   under or after the cursor.  This is useful to make lists with an alphabetic
   index.
 
+For decimals a leading negative sign is considered for incrementing or
+decrementing, for binary and octal and hex values, it won't be considered.  To
+ignore the sign Visually select the number before using CTRL-A or CTRL-X. 
+
 For numbers with leading zeros (including all octal and hexadecimal numbers),
 Vim preserves the number of characters in the number when possible.  CTRL-A on
 "0077" results in "0100", CTRL-X on "0x100" results in "0x0ff".
@@ -397,6 +406,10 @@ octal number.
 Note that when 'nrformats' includes "octal", decimal numbers with leading
 zeros cause mistakes, because they can be confused with octal numbers.
 
+Note similarly, when 'nrformats' includes "bin", binary numbers with a leading
+'0x' or '0X' can be interpreted as hexadecimal rather than binary since '0b'
+are valid hexadecimal digits.
+
 The CTRL-A command is very useful in a macro.  Example: Use the following
 steps to make a numbered list.
 
@@ -832,13 +845,13 @@ This replaces each 'E' character with a euro sign.  Read more in |<Char->|.
 :promptf[ind] [string]
 			Put up a Search dialog.  When [string] is given, it is
 			used as the initial search string.
-			{only for Win32, Motif and GTK GUI}
+			{only for Win32 GUI}
 
 						*:promptr* *:promptrepl*
 :promptr[epl] [string]
 			Put up a Search/Replace dialog.  When [string] is
 			given, it is used as the initial search string.
-			{only for Win32, Motif and GTK GUI}
+			{only for Win32 GUI}
 
 
 4.4 Changing tabs					*change-tabs*
@@ -1063,11 +1076,12 @@ There are nine types of registers:			*registers* *E354*
 2. 10 numbered registers "0 to "9
 3. The small delete register "-
 4. 26 named registers "a to "z or "A to "Z
-5. four read-only registers ":, "., "% and "#
-6. the expression register "=
-7. The selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
-8. The black hole register "_
-9. Last search pattern register "/
+5. three read-only registers ":, "., "%
+6. alternate buffer register "#
+7. the expression register "=
+8. The selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
+9. The black hole register "_
+10. Last search pattern register "/
 
 1. Unnamed register ""				*quote_quote* *quotequote*
 Vim fills this register with text deleted with the "d", "c", "s", "x" commands
@@ -1109,7 +1123,7 @@ letters to replace their previous contents or as uppercase letters to append
 to their previous contents.  When the '>' flag is present in 'cpoptions' then
 a line break is inserted before the appended text.
 
-5. Read-only registers ":, "., "% and "#
+5. Read-only registers ":, ". and "%
 These are '%', '#', ':' and '.'.  You can use them only with the "p", "P",
 and ":put" commands and with CTRL-R.
 						*quote_.* *quote.* *E29*
@@ -1120,8 +1134,6 @@ and ":put" commands and with CTRL-R.
 		('textwidth' and other options affect what is inserted).
 							*quote_%* *quote%*
 	"%	Contains the name of the current file.
-							*quote_#* *quote#*
-	"#	Contains the name of the alternate file.
 						*quote_:* *quote:* *E30*
 	":	Contains the most recent executed command-line.  Example: Use
 		"@:" to repeat the previous command-line command.
@@ -1129,15 +1141,33 @@ and ":put" commands and with CTRL-R.
 		one character of it was typed.  Thus it remains unchanged if
 		the command was completely from a mapping.
 
-6. Expression register "=			*quote_=* *quote=* *@=*
+							*quote_#* *quote#*
+6. Alternate file register "#
+Contains the name of the alternate file for the current window.  It will
+change how the |CTRL-^| command works.
+This register is writable, mainly to allow for restoring it after a plugin has
+changed it.  It accepts buffer number: >
+    let altbuf = bufnr(@#)
+    ...
+    let @# = altbuf
+It will give error |E86| if you pass buffer number and this buffer does not
+exist.
+It can also accept a match with an existing buffer name: >
+    let @# = 'buffer_name'
+Error |E93| if there is more than one buffer matching the given name or |E94|
+if none of buffers matches the given name.
+
+7. Expression register "=			*quote_=* *quote=* *@=*
 This is not really a register that stores text, but is a way to use an
 expression in commands which use a register.  The expression register is
-read-only; you cannot put text into it.  After the '=', the cursor moves to
-the command-line, where you can enter any expression (see |expression|).  All
-normal command-line editing commands are available, including a special
-history for expressions.  When you end the command-line by typing <CR>, Vim
-computes the result of the expression.  If you end it with <Esc>, Vim abandons
-the expression.  If you do not enter an expression, Vim uses the previous
+read-write.
+
+When typing the '=' after " or CTRL-R the cursor moves to the command-line,
+where you can enter any expression (see |expression|).  All normal
+command-line editing commands are available, including a special history for
+expressions.  When you end the command-line by typing <CR>, Vim computes the
+result of the expression.  If you end it with <Esc>, Vim abandons the
+expression.  If you do not enter an expression, Vim uses the previous
 expression (like with the "/" command).
 
 The expression must evaluate to a String.  A Number is always automatically
@@ -1150,35 +1180,23 @@ If the "= register is used for the "p" command, the String is split up at <NL>
 characters.  If the String ends in a <NL>, it is regarded as a linewise
 register.
 
-7. Selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
+8. Selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
 Use these registers for storing and retrieving the selected text for the GUI.
 See |quotestar| and |quoteplus|.  When the clipboard is not available or not
 working, the unnamed register is used instead.  For Unix systems and Mac OS X,
 see |nvim-clipboard|.
 
-						*quote_~* *quote~* *<Drop>*
-The read-only "~ register stores the dropped text from the last drag'n'drop
-operation.  When something has been dropped onto Vim, the "~ register is
-filled in and the <Drop> pseudo key is sent for notification.  You can remap
-this key if you want; the default action (for all modes) is to insert the
-contents of the "~ register at the cursor position.
-{only available when compiled with the |+dnd| feature, currently only with the
-GTK GUI}
-
-Note: The "~ register is only used when dropping plain text onto Vim.
-Drag'n'drop of URI lists is handled internally.
-
-8. Black hole register "_				*quote_*
+9. Black hole register "_				*quote_*
 When writing to this register, nothing happens.  This can be used to delete
 text without affecting the normal registers.  When reading from this register,
 nothing is returned.
 
-9. Last search pattern register	"/			*quote_/* *quote/*
+10. Last search pattern register	"/		*quote_/* *quote/*
 Contains the most recent search-pattern.  This is used for "n" and 'hlsearch'.
 It is writable with `:let`, you can change it to have 'hlsearch' highlight
 other matches without actually searching.  You can't yank or delete into this
 register.  The search direction is available in |v:searchforward|.
-Note that the valued is restored when returning from a function
+Note that the value is restored when returning from a function
 |function-search-undo|.
 
 							*@/*
@@ -1390,10 +1408,10 @@ When you hit Return in a C-comment, Vim will insert the middle comment leader
 for the new line: " * ".  To close this comment you just have to type "/"
 before typing anything else on the new line.  This will replace the
 middle-comment leader with the end-comment leader and apply any specified
-alignment, leaving just " */".  There is no need to hit BackSpace first.
+alignment, leaving just " */".  There is no need to hit Backspace first.
 
-When there is a match with a middle part, but there also is a maching end part
-which is longer, the end part is used.  This makes a C style comment work
+When there is a match with a middle part, but there also is a matching end
+part which is longer, the end part is used.  This makes a C style comment work
 without requiring the middle part to end with a space.
 
 Here is an example of alignment flags at work to make a comment stand out
@@ -1597,7 +1615,7 @@ Vim has a sorting function and a sorting command.  The sorting function can be
 found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
 
 							*:sor* *:sort*
-:[range]sor[t][!] [i][u][r][n][x][o] [/{pattern}/]
+:[range]sor[t][!] [i][u][r][n][x][o][b] [/{pattern}/]
 			Sort lines in [range].  When no range is given all
 			lines are sorted.
 
@@ -1617,6 +1635,9 @@ found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
 			With [o] sorting is done on the first octal number in
 			the line (after or inside a {pattern} match).
 
+			With [b] sorting is done on the first binary number in
+			the line (after or inside a {pattern} match).
+
 			With [u] only keep the first of a sequence of
 			identical lines (ignoring case when [i] is used).
 			Without this flag, a sequence of identical lines

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ CTRL-N		After using 'wildchar' which got multiple matches, go to next
 <S-Tab>							*c_CTRL-P* *c_<S-Tab>*
 CTRL-P		After using 'wildchar' which got multiple matches, go to
 		previous match.  Otherwise recall older command-line from
-		history.  <S-Tab> only works with the GUI and with MS-DOS.
+		history.  <S-Tab> only works with the GUI.
 							*c_CTRL-A*
 CTRL-A		All names that match the pattern in front of the cursor are
 		inserted.
@@ -482,6 +482,8 @@ followed by another Vim command:
     :argdo
     :autocmd
     :bufdo
+    :cdo
+    :cfdo
     :command
     :cscope
     :debug
@@ -490,8 +492,9 @@ followed by another Vim command:
     :function
     :global
     :help
-    :helpfind
     :lcscope
+    :ldo
+    :lfdo
     :make
     :normal
     :promptfind
@@ -816,7 +819,7 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 		separator is removed.  Thus ":p:h" on a directory name results
 		on the directory name itself (without trailing slash).
 		When the file name is an absolute path (starts with "/" for
-		Unix; "x:\" for MS-DOS and WIN32), that part is not removed.
+		Unix; "x:\" for Windows), that part is not removed.
 		When there is no head (path is relative to current directory)
 		the result is empty.
 	:t	Tail of the file name (last component of the name).  Must
@@ -915,8 +918,8 @@ option contains "sh", this is done twice, to avoid the shell trying to expand
 the "!".
 
 							*filename-backslash*
-For filesystems that use a backslash as directory separator (MS-DOS and
-Windows), it's a bit difficult to recognize a backslash that is used
+For filesystems that use a backslash as directory separator (Windows
+filesystems), it's a bit difficult to recognize a backslash that is used
 to escape the special meaning of the next character.  The general rule is: If
 the backslash is followed by a normal file name character, it does not have a
 special meaning.  Therefore "\file\foo" is a valid file name, you don't have

runtime/doc/debugger.txt

@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
-
-
-		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
-
-
-Debugger Support Features				*debugger-support*
-
-1. Debugger Features		|debugger-features|
-
-==============================================================================
-1. Debugger Features					*debugger-features*
-
-The following features are available for an integration with a debugger or
-an Integrated Programming Environment (IPE) or Integrated Development
-Environment (IDE):
-
-	Alternate Command Input				|alt-input|
-	Debug Signs					|debug-signs|
-	Debug Source Highlight				|debug-highlight|
-	Message Footer					|gui-footer|
-	Balloon Evaluation				|balloon-eval|
-
-These features were added specifically for use in the Motif version of gvim.
-However, the |alt-input| and |debug-highlight| were written to be usable in
-both vim and gvim.  Some of the other features could be used in the non-GUI
-vim with slight modifications.  However, I did not do this nor did I test the
-reliability of building for vim or non Motif GUI versions.
-
-
-1.1 Alternate Command Input				*alt-input*
-
-For Vim to work with a debugger there must be at least an input connection
-with a debugger or external tool.  In many cases there will also be an output
-connection but this isn't absolutely necessary.
-
-The purpose of the input connection is to let the external debugger send
-commands to Vim.  The commands sent by the debugger should give the debugger
-enough control to display the current debug environment and state.
-
-The current implementation is based on the X Toolkit dispatch loop and the
-XtAddInput() function call.
-
-
-1.2 Debug Signs						*debug-signs*
-
-Many debuggers mark specific lines by placing a small sign or color highlight
-on the line.  The |:sign| command lets the debugger set this graphic mark.  Some
-examples where this feature would be used would be a debugger showing an arrow
-representing the Program Counter (PC) of the program being debugged.  Another
-example would be a small stop sign for a line with a breakpoint.  These visible
-highlights let the user keep track of certain parts of the state of the
-debugger.
-
-This feature can be used with more than debuggers, too.  An IPE can use a sign
-to highlight build errors, searched text, or other things.  The sign feature
-can also work together with the |debug-highlight| to ensure the mark is
-highly visible.
-
-Debug signs are defined and placed using the |:sign| command.
-
-
-1.3 Debug Source Highlight				*debug-highlight*
-
-This feature allows a line to have a predominant highlight.  The highlight is
-intended to make a specific line stand out.  The highlight could be made to
-work for both vim and gvim, whereas the debug sign is, in most cases, limited
-to gvim.  The one exception to this is Sun Microsystem's dtterm.  The dtterm
-from Sun has a "sign gutter" for showing signs.
-
-
-1.4 Message Footer					*gui-footer*
-
-The message footer can be used to display messages from a debugger or IPE.  It
-can also be used to display menu and toolbar tips.  The footer area is at the
-bottom of the GUI window, below the line used to display colon commands.
-
-The display of the footer is controlled by the 'guioptions' letter 'F'.
-
-
-1.5 Balloon Evaluation					*balloon-eval*
-
-This feature allows a debugger, or other external tool, to display dynamic
-information based on where the mouse is pointing.  The purpose of this feature
-was to allow Sun's Visual WorkShop debugger to display expression evaluations.
-However, the feature was implemented in as general a manner as possible and
-could be used for displaying other information as well.
-
-The Balloon Evaluation has some settable parameters too.  For Motif the font
-list and colors can be set via X resources (XmNballoonEvalFontList,
-XmNballoonEvalBackground, and XmNballoonEvalForeground).
-The 'balloondelay' option sets the delay before an attempt is made to show a
-balloon.
-The 'ballooneval' option needs to be set to switch it on.
-
-Balloon evaluation is only available when compiled with the |+balloon_eval|
-feature.
-
-The Balloon evaluation functions are also used to show a tooltip for the
-toolbar.  The 'ballooneval' option does not need to be set for this.  But the
-other settings apply.
-
-Another way to use the balloon is with the 'balloonexpr' option.  This is
-completely user definable.
-
-==============================================================================
- vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 19
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Feb 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -306,6 +306,19 @@ name or a part of a buffer name.  Examples:
 
 Also see |'diffopt'| and the "diff" item of |'fillchars'|.
 
+					    *diff-slow* *diff_translations*
+For very long lines, the diff syntax highlighting might be slow, especially
+since it tries to match all different kind of localisations. To disable
+localisations and speed up the syntax highlighting, set the global variable
+g:diff_translations to zero: >
+
+    let g:diff_translations = 0
+<
+After setting this variable, Reload the syntax script: >
+
+    set syntax=diff
+<
+
 
 FINDING THE DIFFERENCES					*diff-diffexpr*
 

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -130,9 +130,7 @@ You can use this file if you discover that you need the original file.  See
 also the 'patchmode' option.  The name of the backup file is normally the same
 as the original file with 'backupext' appended.  The default "~" is a bit
 strange to avoid accidentally overwriting existing files.  If you prefer ".bak"
-change the 'backupext' option.  Extra dots are replaced with '_' on MS-DOS
-machines, when Vim has detected that an MS-DOS-like filesystem is being used
-(e.g., messydos or crossdos).  The backup file can be placed in another
+change the 'backupext' option.  The backup file can be placed in another
 directory by setting 'backupdir'.
 
 When you started editing without giving a file name, "No File" is displayed in
@@ -276,7 +274,8 @@ CTRL-^			Edit the alternate file.  Mostly the alternate file is
 			Mnemonic: "goto file".
 			Uses the 'isfname' option to find out which characters
 			are supposed to be in a file name.  Trailing
-			punctuation characters ".,:;!" are ignored.
+			punctuation characters ".,:;!" are ignored. Escaped
+			spaces "\ " are reduced to a single space.
 			Uses the 'path' option as a list of directory names to
 			look for the file.  See the 'path' option for details
 			about relative directories and wildcards.
@@ -470,9 +469,9 @@ The 'fileformat' option sets the <EOL> style for a file:
   "mac"		<CR>		   Mac format		*Mac-format*
 
 When reading a file, the mentioned characters are interpreted as the <EOL>.
-In DOS format (default for MS-DOS and Win32), <CR><NL> and <NL> are both
-interpreted as the <EOL>. Note that when writing the file in DOS format,
-<CR> characters will be added for each single <NL>.  Also see |file-read|.
+In DOS format (default for Windows), <CR><NL> and <NL> are both interpreted as
+the <EOL>. Note that when writing the file in DOS format, <CR> characters will
+be added for each single <NL>.  Also see |file-read|.
 
 When writing a file, the mentioned characters are used for <EOL>.  For DOS
 format <CR><NL> is used.  Also see |DOS-format-write|.
@@ -493,13 +492,13 @@ If you start editing a new file and the 'fileformats' option is not empty
 (which is the default), Vim will try to detect whether the lines in the file
 are separated by the specified formats.  When set to "unix,dos", Vim will
 check for lines with a single <NL> (as used on Unix) or by a <CR><NL> pair
-(MS-DOS).  Only when ALL lines end in <CR><NL>, 'fileformat' is set to "dos",
+(Windows).  Only when ALL lines end in <CR><NL>, 'fileformat' is set to "dos",
 otherwise it is set to "unix".  When 'fileformats' includes "mac", and no <NL>
 characters are found in the file, 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
 
-If the 'fileformat' option is set to "dos" on non-MS-DOS systems the message
+If the 'fileformat' option is set to "dos" on non-Windows systems the message
 "[dos format]" is shown to remind you that something unusual is happening.  On
-MS-DOS systems you get the message "[unix format]" if 'fileformat' is set to
+Windows systems you get the message "[unix format]" if 'fileformat' is set to
 "unix".  On all systems but the Macintosh you get the message "[mac format]"
 if 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
 
@@ -795,7 +794,8 @@ USING THE ARGUMENT LIST
 			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
 			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
 			each file.
-			Also see |:windo|, |:tabdo| and |:bufdo|.
+			Also see |:windo|, |:tabdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|,
+			|:cfdo| and |:lfdo|.
 
 Example: >
 	:args *.c
@@ -964,10 +964,10 @@ lost the original file.
 
 						*DOS-format-write*
 If the 'fileformat' is "dos", <CR> <NL> is used for <EOL>.  This is default
-for MS-DOS and Win32. On other systems the message "[dos format]" is shown to
+for Windows. On other systems the message "[dos format]" is shown to
 remind you that an unusual <EOL> was used.
 						*Unix-format-write*
-If the 'fileformat' is "unix", <NL> is used for <EOL>.  On MS-DOS and Win32
+If the 'fileformat' is "unix", <NL> is used for <EOL>.  On Windows
 the message "[unix format]" is shown.
 						*Mac-format-write*
 If the 'fileformat' is "mac", <CR> is used for <EOL>.  On non-Mac systems the
@@ -997,11 +997,11 @@ When the file name is actually a device name, Vim will not make a backup (that
 would be impossible).  You need to use "!", since the device already exists.
 Example for Unix: >
 	:w! /dev/lpt0
-and for MS-DOS or MS-Windows: >
+and Windows: >
 	:w! lpt0
 For Unix a device is detected when the name doesn't refer to a normal file or
 a directory.  A fifo or named pipe also looks like a device to Vim.
-For MS-DOS and MS-Windows the device is detected by its name:
+For Windows the device is detected by its name:
 	CON
 	CLOCK$
 	NUL
@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ If you want to always use ":confirm", set the 'confirm' option.
 			|:diffsplit|, |:diffpatch|, |:pedit|, |:redir|,
 			|:source|, |:update|, |:visual|, |:vsplit|,
 			and |:qall| if 'confirm' is set.
-			{only in Win32, Athena, Motif, GTK and Mac GUI}
+			{only in Win32 GUI}
 			When ":browse" is not possible you get an error
 			message.  If the |+browse| feature is missing or the
 			{command} doesn't support browsing, the {command} is
@@ -1172,16 +1172,13 @@ For versions of Vim where browsing is not supported, the command is executed
 unmodified.
 
 							*browsefilter*
-For MS Windows and GTK, you can modify the filters that are used in the browse
-dialog.  By setting the g:browsefilter or b:browsefilter variables, you can
-change the filters globally or locally to the buffer.  The variable is set to
-a string in the format "{filter label}\t{pattern};{pattern}\n" where {filter
-label} is the text that appears in the "Files of Type" comboBox, and {pattern}
-is the pattern which filters the filenames.  Several patterns can be given,
-separated by ';'.
-
-For Motif the same format is used, but only the very first pattern is actually
-used (Motif only offers one pattern, but you can edit it).
+For Windows you can modify the filters that are used in the browse dialog.  By
+setting the g:browsefilter or b:browsefilter variables, you can change the
+filters globally or locally to the buffer.  The variable is set to a string in
+the format "{filter label}\t{pattern};{pattern}\n" where {filter label} is the
+text that appears in the "Files of Type" comboBox, and {pattern} is the
+pattern which filters the filenames.  Several patterns can be given, separated
+by ';'.
 
 For example, to have only Vim files in the dialog, you could use the following
 command: >
@@ -1225,7 +1222,7 @@ present in 'cpoptions' and "!" is not used in the command.
 			Does not change the meaning of an already opened file,
 			because its full path name is remembered.  Files from
 			the |arglist| may change though!
-			On MS-DOS this also changes the active drive.
+			On Windows this also changes the active drive.
 			To change to the directory of the current file: >
 				:cd %:h
 <

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Nov 27
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Nov 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -65,14 +65,16 @@ the Number.  Examples:
 	Number 0	-->	String "0" ~
 	Number -1	-->	String "-1" ~
 							*octal*
-Conversion from a String to a Number is done by converting the first digits
-to a number.  Hexadecimal "0xf9" and Octal "017" numbers are recognized.  If
-the String doesn't start with digits, the result is zero.  Examples:
+Conversion from a String to a Number is done by converting the first digits to
+a number.  Hexadecimal "0xf9", Octal "017", and Binary "0b10" numbers are
+recognized.  If the String doesn't start with digits, the result is zero.
+Examples:
 	String "456"	-->	Number 456 ~
 	String "6bar"	-->	Number 6 ~
 	String "foo"	-->	Number 0 ~
 	String "0xf1"	-->	Number 241 ~
 	String "0100"	-->	Number 64 ~
+	String "0b101"	-->	Number 5 ~
 	String "-8"	-->	Number -8 ~
 	String "+8"	-->	Number 0 ~
 
@@ -522,7 +524,7 @@ Funcref to a Dictionary, but the "self" variable is not available then.
 To avoid the extra name for the function it can be defined and directly
 assigned to a Dictionary in this way: >
 	:let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3]}
-	:function mydict.len() dict
+	:function mydict.len()
 	:   return len(self.data)
 	:endfunction
 	:echo mydict.len()
@@ -953,7 +955,7 @@ Decimal, Hexadecimal (starting with 0x or 0X), or Octal (starting with 0).
 Floating point numbers can be written in two forms:
 
 	[-+]{N}.{M}
-	[-+]{N}.{M}e[-+]{exp}
+	[-+]{N}.{M}[eE][-+]{exp}
 
 {N} and {M} are numbers.  Both {N} and {M} must be present and can only
 contain digits.
@@ -1017,7 +1019,7 @@ A string constant accepts these special characters:
 \X.	same as \x.
 \u....	character specified with up to 4 hex numbers, stored according to the
 	current value of 'encoding' (e.g., "\u02a4")
-\U....	same as \u....
+\U....	same as \u but allows up to 8 hex numbers.
 \b	backspace <BS>
 \e	escape <Esc>
 \f	formfeed <FF>
@@ -1375,6 +1377,15 @@ v:errmsg	Last given error message.  It's allowed to set this variable.
 	:  ... handle error
 <		"errmsg" also works, for backwards compatibility.
 
+					*v:errors* *errors-variable*
+v:errors	Errors found by assert functions, such as |assert_true()|.
+		This is a list of strings.
+		The assert functions append an item when an assert fails.
+		To remove old results make it empty: >
+	:let v:errors = []
+<		If v:errors is set to anything but a list it is made an empty
+		list by the assert function.
+
 					*v:exception* *exception-variable*
 v:exception	The value of the exception most recently caught and not
 		finished.  See also |v:throwpoint| and |throw-variables|.
@@ -1535,6 +1546,15 @@ v:oldfiles	List of file names that is loaded from the |shada| file on
 		than String this will cause trouble.
 		{only when compiled with the |+shada| feature}
 
+						    *v:option_new*
+v:option_new    New value of the option. Valid while executing an |OptionSet|
+		autocommand.
+						    *v:option_old*
+v:option_old    Old value of the option. Valid while executing an |OptionSet|
+		autocommand.
+						    *v:option_type*
+v:option_type   Scope of the set command. Valid while executing an
+		|OptionSet| autocommand. Can be either "global" or "local"
 					*v:operator* *operator-variable*
 v:operator	The last operator given in Normal mode.  This is a single
 		character except for commands starting with <g> or <z>,
@@ -1719,10 +1739,13 @@ append( {lnum}, {string})	Number	append {string} below line {lnum}
 append( {lnum}, {list})		Number	append lines {list} below line {lnum}
 argc()				Number	number of files in the argument list
 argidx()			Number	current index in the argument list
-arglistid( [{winnr}, [ {tabnr}]])
+arglistid( [{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])
 				Number	argument list id
 argv( {nr})			String	{nr} entry of the argument list
 argv( )				List	the argument list
+assert_equal( {exp}, {act} [, {msg}]) none    assert that {exp} equals {act}
+assert_false( {actual} [, {msg}])     none    assert that {actual} is false
+assert_true( {actual} [, {msg}])      none    assert that {actual} is true
 asin( {expr})			Float	arc sine of {expr}
 atan( {expr})			Float	arc tangent of {expr}
 atan2( {expr}, {expr})		Float   arc tangent of {expr1} / {expr2}
@@ -1839,10 +1862,10 @@ getwinposx()			Number	X coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
 getwinposy()			Number	Y coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
 getwinvar( {nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
 				any	variable {varname} in window {nr}
-glob( {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
+glob( {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])
 				any	expand file wildcards in {expr}
 glob2regpat( {expr})		String  convert a glob pat into a search pat
-globpath( {path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
+globpath( {path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])
 				String	do glob({expr}) for all dirs in {path}
 has( {feature})			Number	TRUE if feature {feature} supported
 has_key( {dict}, {key})		Number	TRUE if {dict} has entry {key}
@@ -1873,6 +1896,7 @@ isdirectory( {directory})	Number	TRUE if {directory} is a directory
 islocked( {expr})		Number	TRUE if {expr} is locked
 items( {dict})			List	key-value pairs in {dict}
 jobclose({job}[, {stream}])	Number	Closes a job stream(s)
+jobpid({job})			Number	Returns pid of a job.
 jobresize({job}, {width}, {height})
 				Number	Resize {job}'s pseudo terminal window
 jobsend({job}, {data})		Number	Writes {data} to {job}'s stdin
@@ -2152,6 +2176,37 @@ argv([{nr}])	The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list of the
 <		Without the {nr} argument a |List| with the whole |arglist| is
 		returned.
 
+							*assert_equal()*
+assert_equal({expected}, {actual}, [, {msg}])
+		When {expected} and {actual} are not equal an error message is
+		added to |v:errors|.
+		There is no automatic conversion, the String "4" is different
+		from the Number 4.  And the number 4 is different from the
+		Float 4.0.  The value of 'ignorecase' is not used here, case
+		always matters.
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form "Expected
+		{expected} but got {actual}" is produced.
+		Example: >
+	assert_equal('foo', 'bar')
+<		Will result in a string to be added to |v:errors|:
+	test.vim line 12: Expected 'foo' but got 'bar' ~
+
+assert_false({actual}, [, {msg}])				*assert_false()*
+		When {actual} is not false an error message is added to
+		|v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|..
+		A value is false when it is zero. When "{actual}" is not a
+		number the assert fails.
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form "Expected False but
+		got {actual}" is produced.
+
+assert_true({actual}, [, {msg}])				*assert_true()*
+		When {actual} is not true an error message is added to
+		|v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|..
+		A value is true when it is a non-zeron number.  When {actual}
+		is not a number the assert fails.
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form "Expected True but
+		got {actual}" is produced.
+
 asin({expr})						*asin()*
 		Return the arc sine of {expr} measured in radians, as a |Float|
 		in the range of [-pi/2, pi/2].
@@ -2406,6 +2461,10 @@ col({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
 			    number of bytes in the cursor line plus one)
 		    'x	    position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
 			    returned)
+		    v       In Visual mode: the start of the Visual area (the
+			    cursor is the end).  When not in Visual mode
+			    returns the cursor position.  Differs from |'<| in
+			    that it's updated right away.
 		Additionally {expr} can be [lnum, col]: a |List| with the line
 		and column number. Most useful when the column is "$", to get
 		the last column of a specific line.  When "lnum" or "col" is
@@ -2507,10 +2566,10 @@ confirm({msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
 		{default} is omitted, 1 is used.
 
 		The optional {type} argument gives the type of dialog.  This
-		is only used for the icon of the GTK, Mac, Motif and Win32
-		GUI.  It can be one of these values: "Error", "Question",
-		"Info", "Warning" or "Generic".  Only the first character is
-		relevant.  When {type} is omitted, "Generic" is used.
+		is only used for the icon of the Win32 GUI.  It can be one of
+		these values: "Error", "Question", "Info", "Warning" or
+		"Generic".  Only the first character is relevant.
+		When {type} is omitted, "Generic" is used.
 
 		If the user aborts the dialog by pressing <Esc>, CTRL-C,
 		or another valid interrupt key, confirm() returns 0.
@@ -2769,7 +2828,7 @@ executable({expr})					*executable()*
 		arguments.
 		executable() uses the value of $PATH and/or the normal
 		searchpath for programs.		*PATHEXT*
-		On MS-DOS and MS-Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can
+		On Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can
 		optionally be included.  Then the extensions in $PATHEXT are
 		tried.	Thus if "foo.exe" does not exist, "foo.exe.bat" can be
 		found.	If $PATHEXT is not set then ".exe;.com;.bat;.cmd" is
@@ -2777,9 +2836,9 @@ executable({expr})					*executable()*
 		the name without an extension.	When 'shell' looks like a
 		Unix shell, then the name is also tried without adding an
 		extension.
-		On MS-DOS and MS-Windows it only checks if the file exists and
+		On Windows it only checks if the file exists and
 		is not a directory, not if it's really executable.
-		On MS-Windows an executable in the same directory as Vim is
+		On Windows an executable in the same directory as Vim is
 		always found.  Since this directory is added to $PATH it
 		should also work to execute it |win32-PATH|.
 		The result is a Number:
@@ -3223,8 +3282,7 @@ foreground()	Move the Vim window to the foreground.	Useful when sent from
 		On Win32 systems this might not work, the OS does not always
 		allow a window to bring itself to the foreground.  Use
 		|remote_foreground()| instead.
-		{only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
-		Win32 console version}
+		{only in the Win32 GUI and console version}
 
 
 function({name})					*function()* *E700*
@@ -3355,7 +3413,7 @@ getchar([expr])						*getchar()*
 			:  endwhile
 			:endfunction
 <
-		You may also receive syntetic characters, such as
+		You may also receive synthetic characters, such as
 		|<CursorHold>|. Often you will want to ignore this and get
 		another character: >
 			:function GetKey()
@@ -3472,8 +3530,6 @@ getfontname([{name}])					*getfontname()*
 		Only works when the GUI is running, thus not in your vimrc or
 		gvimrc file.  Use the |GUIEnter| autocommand to use this
 		function just after the GUI has started.
-		Note that the GTK 2 GUI accepts any font name, thus checking
-		for a valid name does not work.
 
 getfperm({fname})					*getfperm()*
 		The result is a String, which is the read, write, and execute
@@ -3572,8 +3628,7 @@ getmatches()						*getmatches()*
 <
 							*getpid()*
 getpid()	Return a Number which is the process ID of the Vim process.
-		On Unix and MS-Windows this is a unique number, until Vim
-		exits.	On MS-DOS it's always zero.
+		This is a unique number, until Vim exits.
 
 							*getpos()*
 getpos({expr})	Get the position for {expr}.  For possible values of {expr}
@@ -3699,7 +3754,7 @@ getwinvar({winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getwinvar()*
 			:let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
 			:echo "myvar = " . getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
 <
-glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*glob()*
+glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])		*glob()*
 		Expand the file wildcards in {expr}.  See |wildcards| for the
 		use of special characters.
 
@@ -3716,8 +3771,11 @@ glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*glob()*
 		matches, they are separated by <NL> characters.
 
 		If the expansion fails, the result is an empty String or List.
+
 		A name for a non-existing file is not included.  A symbolic
 		link is only included if it points to an existing file.
+		However, when the {alllinks} argument is present and it is
+		non-zero then all symbolic links are included.
 
 		For most systems backticks can be used to get files names from
 		any external command.  Example: >
@@ -3736,8 +3794,11 @@ glob2regpat({expr})					 *glob2regpat()*
 			if filename =~ glob2regpat('Make*.mak')
 <		This is equivalent to: >
 			if filename =~ '^Make.*\.mak$'
-<
-globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])			*globpath()*
+<		When {expr} is an empty string the result is "^$", match an
+		empty string.
+
+								*globpath()*
+globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {allinks}]]])
 		Perform glob() on all directories in {path} and concatenate
 		the results.  Example: >
 			:echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim")
@@ -3763,6 +3824,8 @@ globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])			*globpath()*
 		they are separated by <NL> characters.  Example: >
 			:echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim", 0, 1)
 <
+		{allinks} is used as with |glob()|.
+
 		The "**" item can be used to search in a directory tree.
 		For example, to find all "README.txt" files in the directories
 		in 'runtimepath' and below: >
@@ -4105,6 +4168,9 @@ jobclose({job}[, {stream}])				{Nvim} *jobclose()*
 		Close {job}'s {stream}, which can be one "stdin", "stdout" or
 		"stderr". If {stream} is omitted, all streams are closed.
 
+jobpid({job})						{Nvim} *jobpid()*
+		Return the pid (process id) of {job}.
+
 jobresize({job}, {width}, {height})			{Nvim} *jobresize()*
 		Resize {job}'s pseudo terminal window to {width} and {height}.
 		This function will fail if used on jobs started without the
@@ -4124,9 +4190,14 @@ jobsend({job}, {data})					{Nvim} *jobsend()*
 
 jobstart({cmd}[, {opts}])				{Nvim} *jobstart()*
 		Spawns {cmd} as a job.  If {cmd} is a |List|, it will be run
-		directly.  If {cmd} is a |string|, it will be equivalent to >
-			:call jobstart([&shell, &shellcmdflag, '{cmd}'])
-<		If passed, {opts} must be a dictionary with any of the
+		directly.  If {cmd} is a |string|, it will be roughly 
+		equivalent to >
+			:call jobstart(split(&shell) + split(&shellcmdflag) + ['{cmd}'])
+<		NOTE: read |shell-unquoting| before constructing any lists 
+		with 'shell' or 'shellcmdflag' options.  The above call is 
+		only written to show the idea, one needs to perform unquoting 
+		and do split taking quotes into account.
+		If passed, {opts} must be a dictionary with any of the
 		following keys:
 		  - on_stdout: stdout event handler
 		  - on_stderr: stderr event handler
@@ -4137,6 +4208,10 @@ jobstart({cmd}[, {opts}])				{Nvim} *jobstart()*
 		  - width: Width of the terminal screen(only if pty is set)
 		  - height: Height of the terminal screen(only if pty is set)
 		  - TERM: $TERM environment variable(only if pty is set)
+		  - detach: Detach the job process from the nvim process. The
+		    process won't get killed when nvim exists. If the process
+		    dies before nvim exits, on_exit will still be invoked.
+		    This option is only allowed for non-pty jobs.
 		Either funcrefs or function names can be passed as event
 		handlers. The {opts} object is also used as the "self"
 		argument for the callback, so the caller may pass arbitrary
@@ -4703,7 +4778,7 @@ msgpackdump({list})				   {Nvim} *msgpackdump()*
 		(dictionary with zero items is represented by 0x80 byte in
 		messagepack).
 
-		Limitations:
+		Limitations:					*E951* *E952*
 		1. |Funcref|s cannot be dumped.
 		2. Containers that reference themselves cannot be dumped.
 		3. Dictionary keys are always dumped as STR strings.
@@ -4854,6 +4929,9 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 		  %c	single byte
 		  %d	decimal number
 		  %5d	decimal number padded with spaces to 5 characters
+		  %b	binary number
+		  %08b	binary number padded with zeros to at least 8 characters
+		  %B	binary number using upper case letters
 		  %x	hex number
 		  %04x	hex number padded with zeros to at least 4 characters
 		  %X	hex number using upper case letters
@@ -4940,20 +5018,19 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 
 		The conversion specifiers and their meanings are:
 
-				*printf-d* *printf-o* *printf-x* *printf-X*
-		doxX	The Number argument is converted to signed decimal
-			(d), unsigned octal (o), or unsigned hexadecimal (x
-			and X) notation.  The letters "abcdef" are used for
-			x conversions; the letters "ABCDEF" are used for X
-			conversions.
-			The precision, if any, gives the minimum number of
-			digits that must appear; if the converted value
-			requires fewer digits, it is padded on the left with
-			zeros.
-			In no case does a non-existent or small field width
-			cause truncation of a numeric field; if the result of
-			a conversion is wider than the field width, the field
-			is expanded to contain the conversion result.
+				*printf-d* *printf-b* *printf-B* *printf-o* *printf-x* *printf-X*
+		dbBoxX	The Number argument is converted to signed decimal (d),
+			unsigned binary (b and B), unsigned octal (o), or
+			unsigned hexadecimal (x and X) notation.  The letters
+			"abcdef" are used for x conversions; the letters
+			"ABCDEF" are used for X conversions.  The precision, if
+			any, gives the minimum number of digits that must
+			appear; if the converted value requires fewer digits, it
+			is padded on the left with zeros.  In no case does a
+			non-existent or small field width cause truncation of a
+			numeric field; if the result of a conversion is wider
+			than the field width, the field is expanded to contain
+			the conversion result.
 
 							*printf-c*
 		c	The Number argument is converted to a byte, and the
@@ -4963,6 +5040,7 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 		s	The text of the String argument is used.  If a
 			precision is specified, no more bytes than the number
 			specified are used.
+							*printf-S*
 		S	The text of the String argument is used.  If a
 			precision is specified, no more display cells than the
 			number specified are used.  Without the |+multi_byte|
@@ -5024,7 +5102,7 @@ py3eval({expr})						*py3eval()*
 		Evaluate Python expression {expr} and return its result
 		converted to Vim data structures.
 		Numbers and strings are returned as they are (strings are 
-		copied though, unicode strings are additionally converted to 
+		copied though, Unicode strings are additionally converted to 
 		'encoding').
 		Lists are represented as Vim |List| type.
 		Dictionaries are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type with 
@@ -5151,8 +5229,7 @@ remote_foreground({server})				*remote_foreground()*
 		Note: This does not restore the window if it was minimized,
 		like foreground() does.
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
-		{only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
-		Win32 console version}
+		{only in the Win32 GUI and the Win32 console version}
 
 
 remote_peek({serverid} [, {retvar}])		*remote_peek()*
@@ -5828,12 +5905,12 @@ setwinvar({nr}, {varname}, {val})			*setwinvar()*
 			:call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
 
 sha256({string})						*sha256()*
-		Returns a String with 64 hex charactes, which is the SHA256
+		Returns a String with 64 hex characters, which is the SHA256
 		checksum of {string}.
 
 shellescape({string} [, {special}])			*shellescape()*
 		Escape {string} for use as a shell command argument.
-		On MS-Windows and MS-DOS, when 'shellslash' is not set, it
+		On Windows when 'shellslash' is not set, it
 		will enclose {string} in double quotes and double all double
 		quotes within {string}.
 		For other systems, it will enclose {string} in single quotes
@@ -6069,12 +6146,14 @@ str2float( {expr})					*str2float()*
 
 str2nr( {expr} [, {base}])				*str2nr()*
 		Convert string {expr} to a number.
-		{base} is the conversion base, it can be 8, 10 or 16.
+		{base} is the conversion base, it can be 2, 8, 10 or 16.
 		When {base} is omitted base 10 is used.  This also means that
 		a leading zero doesn't cause octal conversion to be used, as
 		with the default String to Number conversion.
 		When {base} is 16 a leading "0x" or "0X" is ignored.  With a
-		different base the result will be zero.
+		different base the result will be zero. Similarly, when {base}
+		is 8 a leading "0" is ignored, and when {base} is 2 a leading
+		"0b" or "0B" is ignored.
 		Text after the number is silently ignored.
 
 
@@ -6685,6 +6764,10 @@ virtcol({expr})						*virtcol()*
 			    plus one)
 		    'x	    position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
 			    returned)
+		    v       In Visual mode: the start of the Visual area (the
+			    cursor is the end).  When not in Visual mode
+			    returns the cursor position.  Differs from |'<| in
+			    that it's updated right away.
 		Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
 		Examples: >
   virtcol(".")	   with text "foo^Lbar", with cursor on the "^L", returns 5
@@ -6897,8 +6980,6 @@ There are four types of features:
 acl			Compiled with |ACL| support.
 arabic			Compiled with Arabic support |Arabic|.
 autocmd			Compiled with autocommand support. |autocommand|
-balloon_eval		Compiled with |balloon-eval| support.
-balloon_multiline	GUI supports multiline balloons.
 browse			Compiled with |:browse| support, and browse() will
 			work.
 browsefilter		Compiled with support for |browsefilter|.
@@ -6916,7 +6997,6 @@ debug			Compiled with "DEBUG" defined.
 dialog_con		Compiled with console dialog support.
 dialog_gui		Compiled with GUI dialog support.
 digraphs		Compiled with support for digraphs.
-dnd			Compiled with support for the "~ register |quote_~|.
 eval			Compiled with expression evaluation support.  Always
 			true, of course!
 ex_extra		Compiled with extra Ex commands |+ex_extra|.
@@ -6929,21 +7009,13 @@ filterpipe		When 'shelltemp' is off pipes are used for shell
 find_in_path		Compiled with support for include file searches
 			|+find_in_path|.
 float			Compiled with support for |Float|.
-fname_case		Case in file names matters (for MS-DOS and Windows
-			this is not present).
+fname_case		Case in file names matters (for Windows this is not
+			present).
 folding			Compiled with |folding| support.
-footer			Compiled with GUI footer support. |gui-footer|
 gettext			Compiled with message translation |multi-lang|
 gui			Compiled with GUI enabled.
-gui_athena		Compiled with Athena GUI.
-gui_gnome		Compiled with Gnome support (gui_gtk is also defined).
-gui_gtk			Compiled with GTK+ GUI (any version).
-gui_gtk2		Compiled with GTK+ 2 GUI (gui_gtk is also defined).
-gui_mac			Compiled with Macintosh GUI.
-gui_motif		Compiled with Motif GUI.
 gui_running		Vim is running in the GUI, or it will start soon.
 gui_win32		Compiled with MS Windows Win32 GUI.
-gui_win32s		idem, and Win32s system being used (Windows 3.1)
 iconv			Can use iconv() for conversion.
 insert_expand		Compiled with support for CTRL-X expansion commands in
 			Insert mode.
@@ -6991,6 +7063,7 @@ statusline		Compiled with support for 'statusline', 'rulerformat'
 syntax			Compiled with syntax highlighting support |syntax|.
 syntax_items		There are active syntax highlighting items for the
 			current buffer.
+tablineat		'tabline' option accepts %@Func@ items.
 tag_binary		Compiled with binary searching in tags files
 			|tag-binary-search|.
 tag_old_static		Compiled with support for old static tags
@@ -7015,10 +7088,9 @@ visualextra		Compiled with extra Visual mode commands.
 vreplace		Compiled with |gR| and |gr| commands.
 wildignore		Compiled with 'wildignore' option.
 wildmenu		Compiled with 'wildmenu' option.
-win32			Win32 version of Vim (MS-Windows 95 and later, 32 or
-			64 bits)
-win32unix		Win32 version of Vim, using Unix files (Cygwin)
-win64			Win64 version of Vim (MS-Windows 64 bit).
+win32			Windows version of Vim (32 or 64 bit).
+win32unix		Windows version of Vim, using Unix files (Cygwin).
+win64			Windows version of Vim (64 bit).
 winaltkeys		Compiled with 'winaltkeys' option.
 windows			Compiled with support for more than one window.
 writebackup		Compiled with 'writebackup' default on.
@@ -7587,7 +7659,7 @@ This does NOT work: >
 				:unlet v
 <							*E741*
 			If you try to change a locked variable you get an
-			error message: "E741: Value of {name} is locked"
+			error message: "E741: Value is locked: {name}"
 
 			[depth] is relevant when locking a |List| or
 			|Dictionary|.  It specifies how deep the locking goes:
@@ -8504,7 +8576,7 @@ You can catch all Vim errors by the pattern >
 							*catch-text*
 NOTE: You should never catch the error message text itself: >
 	:catch /No such variable/
-only works in the english locale, but not when the user has selected
+only works in the English locale, but not when the user has selected
 a different language by the |:language| command.  It is however helpful to
 cite the message text in a comment: >
 	:catch /^Vim(\a\+):E108:/   " No such variable

runtime/doc/farsi.txt

@@ -53,60 +53,6 @@ o  Toggling between Farsi ISIR-3342 standard encoding and Vim Farsi via F9
    right-to-left mode, this function is also supported only in right-to-left
    mode.
 
-Farsi Fonts					*farsi fonts*
------------
-
-The following files are found in the subdirectories of the '$VIM/farsi/fonts'
-directory:
-
-   +  far-a01.pcf    X Windows fonts for Unix including Linux systems
-   +  far-a01.bf     X Windows fonts for SunOS
-   +  far-a01.f16    a screen fonts for Unix including Linux systems
-   +  far-a01.fon    a monospaced fonts for Windows NT/95/98
-   +  far-a01.com    a screen fonts for DOS
-
-
-Font Installation
------------------
-
-o  Installation of fonts for MS Window systems (NT/95/98)
-
-   From 'Control Panel' folder, start the 'Fonts' program.  Then from 'file'
-   menu item select 'Install New Fonts ...'.  Browse and select the
-   'far-a01.fon', then follow the installation guide.
-   NOTE: several people have reported that this does not work.  The solution
-   is unknown.
-
-o  Installation of fonts for X Window systems (Unix/Linux)
-
-   Depending on your system, copy far-a01.pcf.Z or far-a01.pcf.gz into a
-   directory of your choice.  Change to the directory containing the Farsi
-   fonts and execute the following commands:
-
-   >  mkfontdir
-   >  xset +fp path_name_of_farsi_fonts_directory
-
-o  Installation of fonts for X Window systems (SunOS)
-
-   Copy far-a01.bf font into a directory of your choice.
-   Change to the directory containing the far-a01.fb fonts and
-   execute the following commands:
-
-   >  fldfamily
-   >  xset +fp path_name_of_fonts_directory
-
-o  Installation of ASCII screen fonts (Unix/Linux)
-
-   For Linux system, copy the far-a01.f16 fonts into /usr/lib/kbd/consolefonts
-   directory and execute the setfont program as "setfont far-a01.f16".  For
-   other systems (e.g. SCO Unix), please refer to the fonts installation
-   section of your system administration manuals.
-
-o  Installation of ASCII screen fonts (DOS)
-
-   After system power on, prior to the first use of Vim, upload the Farsi
-   fonts by executing the far-a01.com font uploading program.
-
 
 Usage
 -----
@@ -165,7 +111,7 @@ The letter encoding used is the Vim extended ISIR-3342 standard with a built
 in function to convert between Vim extended ISIR-3342 and ISIR-3342 standard.
 
 For document portability reasons, the letter encoding is kept the same across
-different platforms (i.e. UNIX's, NT/95/98, MS DOS, ...).
+different platforms (i.e. Unix, Windows, ...).
 
 
 o  Keyboard
@@ -215,7 +161,7 @@ o  Keyboard
 Note:
 	<09>  stands for Farsi PSP (break without space)
 
-	<09>  stands for Farsi PCN (for HAMZE attribute )
+	<09>  stands for Farsi PCN (for HAMZE attribute)
 
 Restrictions
 ------------

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ Format description:
    ignored.
 2. Each entry starts with line that has format "{type} with timestamp 
    {timestamp}:". {timestamp} is |strftime()|-formatted string representing 
-   actual UNIX timestamp value. First strftime() argument is equal to 
+   actual Unix timestamp value. First strftime() argument is equal to
    `%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S`.  When writing this timestamp is parsed using 
    |msgpack#strptime()|, with caching (it remembers which timestamp produced 
    particular strftime() output and uses this value if you did not change 

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -208,18 +208,6 @@ takes too much time or you don't like the cursor jumping to another line,
 include the 'h' flag in 'guioptions'.  Then the scrolling is limited by the
 text of the current cursor line.
 
-							*athena-intellimouse*
-If you have an Intellimouse and an X server that supports using the wheel,
-then you can use the wheel to scroll the text up and down in gvim.  This works
-with XFree86 4.0 and later, and with some older versions when you add patches.
-See |scroll-mouse-wheel|.
-
-For older versions of XFree86 you must patch your X server.  The following
-page has a bit of information about using the Intellimouse on Linux as well as
-links to the patches and X server binaries (may not have the one you need
-though):
-    http://www.inria.fr/koala/colas/mouse-wheel-scroll/
-
 ==============================================================================
 3. Mouse Control					*gui-mouse*
 
@@ -605,10 +593,6 @@ The default menus have these priorities:
 When no or zero priority is given, 500 is used.
 The priority for the PopUp menu is not used.
 
-The Help menu will be placed on the far right side of the menu bar on systems
-which support this (Motif and GTK+).  For GTK+ 2, this is not done anymore
-because right-aligning the Help menu is now discouraged UI design.
-
 You can use a priority higher than 9999, to make it go after the Help menu,
 but that is non-standard and is discouraged.  The highest possible priority is
 about 32000.  The lowest is 1.
@@ -677,10 +661,8 @@ level.  Vim interprets the items in this menu as follows:
     toolbar button image.  Note that the exact filename is OS-specific: For
     example, under Win32 the command >
 	:amenu ToolBar.Hello :echo "hello"<CR>
-<   would find the file 'hello.bmp'.  Under GTK+/X11 it is 'Hello.xpm'.  With
-    GTK+ 2 the files 'Hello.png', 'Hello.xpm' and 'Hello.bmp' are checked for
-    existence, and the first one found would be used.
-    For MS-Windows and GTK+ 2 the bitmap is scaled to fit the button.  For
+<   would find the file 'hello.bmp'.  Under X11 it is 'Hello.xpm'.
+    For MS-Windows and the bitmap is scaled to fit the button.  For
     MS-Windows a size of 18 by 18 pixels works best.
     For MS-Windows the bitmap should have 16 colors with the standard palette.
     The light grey pixels will be changed to the Window frame color and the
@@ -729,8 +711,8 @@ nr  Name		Normal action  ~
 30  WinMinWidth		make current window use few columns
 
 					*hidden-menus* *win32-hidden-menus*
-In the Win32 and GTK+ GUI, starting a menu name with ']' excludes that menu
-from the main menu bar.  You must then use the |:popup| command to display it.
+In the Win32 GUI, starting a menu name with ']' excludes that menu from the
+main menu bar.  You must then use the |:popup| command to display it.
 
 							*popup-menu*
 You can define the special menu "PopUp".  This is the menu that is displayed
@@ -883,9 +865,8 @@ a menu item - you don't need to do a :tunmenu as well.
 
 5.9 Popup Menus
 
-In the Win32 and GTK+ GUI, you can cause a menu to popup at the cursor.
-This behaves similarly to the PopUp menus except that any menu tree can
-be popped up.
+In the Win32 GUI, you can cause a menu to popup at the cursor.  This behaves
+similarly to the PopUp menus except that any menu tree can be popped up.
 
 This command is for backwards compatibility, using it is discouraged, because
 it behaves in a strange way.
@@ -894,7 +875,7 @@ it behaves in a strange way.
 :popu[p] {name}			Popup the menu {name}.  The menu named must
 				have at least one subentry, but need not
 				appear on the menu-bar (see |hidden-menus|).
-				{only available for Win32 and GTK GUI}
+				{only available for Win32 GUI}
 
 :popu[p]! {name}		Like above, but use the position of the mouse
 				pointer instead of the cursor.

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -47,10 +47,6 @@ If you want Vim to start with a maximized window, add this command to your
 vimrc or gvimrc file: >
 	au GUIEnter * simalt ~x
 <
-								*gui-w32s*
-There is a specific version of gvim.exe that runs under the Win32s subsystem
-of Windows 3.1 or 3.11.  See |win32s|.
-
 ==============================================================================
 2. Vim as default editor				*vim-default-editor*
 
@@ -88,7 +84,6 @@ when you have got a new version):
 You can also install Vim in the "Send To" menu:
 1. Start a Windows Explorer
 2. Navigate to your sendto directory:
-   Windows 95: %windir%\sendto (e.g. "c:\windows\sendto")
    Windows NT: %windir%\profiles\%user%\sendto (e.g.
 	       "c:\winnt\profiles\mattha\sendto").
 3. Right-click in the file pane and select New->Shortcut
@@ -262,17 +257,6 @@ WARNING: If you close this window with the "X" button, and confirm the
 question if you really want to kill the application, Vim may be killed too!
 (This does not apply to commands run asynchronously with ":!start".)
 
-							*msdos-mode*
-If you get a dialog that says "This program is set to run in MS-DOS mode..."
-when you run an external program, you can solve this by changing the
-properties of the associated shortcut:
-- Use a Windows Explorer to find the command.com that is used.  It can be
-  c:\command.com, c:\dos\command.com, c:\windows\command.com, etc.
-- With the right mouse button, select properties of this command.com.
-- In the Program tab select "Advanced".
-- Unselect "MS-DOS mode".
-- Click "OK" twice.
-
 							*win32-!start*
 Normally, Vim waits for a command to complete before continuing (this makes
 sense for most shell commands which produce output for Vim to use).  If you
@@ -281,10 +265,6 @@ syntax on W95 & NT: >
 	:!start [/min] {command}
 The optional "/min" causes the window to be minimized.
 
-On Win32s, you will have to go to another window instead.  Don't forget that
-you must tell Windows 3.1x to keep executing a DOS command in the background
-while you switch back to Vim.
-
 ==============================================================================
 5. Special colors					*win32-colors*
 
@@ -293,7 +273,7 @@ On Win32, the normal DOS colors can be used.  See |dos-colors|.
 Additionally the system configured colors can also be used.  These are known
 by the names Sys_XXX, where XXX is the appropriate system color name, from the
 following list (see the Win32 documentation for full descriptions).  Case is
-ignored.  Note: On Win32s not all of these colors are supported.
+ignored.
 
 Sys_3DDKShadow		Sys_3DFace			Sys_BTNFace
 Sys_3DHilight		Sys_3DHighlight			Sys_BTNHilight

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Dec 06
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Apr 15
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ Get specific help:  It is possible to go directly to whatever you want help
 		      Command-line editing	  c_	   :help c_<Del>
 		      Vim command argument	  -	   :help -r
 		      Option			  '	   :help 'textwidth'
+		      Regular expression	  /	   :help /[
   Search for help:  Type ":help word", then hit CTRL-D to see matching
 		    help entries for "word".
 		    Or use ":helpgrep word". |:helpgrep|
@@ -162,7 +163,6 @@ Remarks about specific systems ~
 |os_win32.txt|	MS-Windows
 						*standard-plugin-list*
 Standard plugins ~
-|pi_getscript.txt| Downloading latest version of Vim scripts
 |pi_gzip.txt|      Reading and writing compressed files
 |pi_netrw.txt|     Reading and writing files over a network
 |pi_paren.txt|     Highlight matching parens

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -184,12 +184,6 @@ command: >
 	:!xterm -e vim +help &
 <
 
-			*:helpfind* *:helpf*
-:helpf[ind]		Like |:help|, but use a dialog to enter the argument.
-			Only for backwards compatibility.  It now executes the
-			ToolBar.FindHelp menu entry instead of using a builtin
-			dialog.  {only when compiled with |+GUI_GTK|}
-
 					*:helpt* *:helptags*
 				*E154* *E150* *E151* *E152* *E153* *E670*
 :helpt[ags] [++t] {dir}

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 07
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Feb 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -700,12 +700,16 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |g'|		g'{mark}	1  like |'| but without changing the jumplist
 |g`|		g`{mark}	1  like |`| but without changing the jumplist
 |gstar|		g*		1  like "*", but without using "\<" and "\>"
+|g+|		g+		   go to newer text state N times
+|g,|		g,		1  go to N newer position in change list
+|g-|		g-		   go to older text state N times
 |g0|		g0		1  when 'wrap' off go to leftmost character of
 				   the current line that is on the screen;
 				   when 'wrap' on go to the leftmost character
 				   of the current screen line
 |g8|		g8		   print hex value of bytes used in UTF-8
 				   character under the cursor
+|g;|		g;		1  go to N older position in change list
 |g<|		g<		   display previous command output
 |g?|		g?		2  Rot13 encoding operator
 |g?g?|		g??		2  Rot13 encode current line
@@ -734,6 +738,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   the screen; when 'wrap' on go to the
 				   leftmost non-white character of the current
 				   screen line
+|g_|		g_		1  cursor to the last CHAR N - 1 lines lower
 |ga|		ga		   print ascii value of character under the
 				   cursor
 |gd|		gd		1  go to definition of word under the cursor
@@ -1128,6 +1133,8 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:cc|		:cc		go to specific error
 |:cclose|	:ccl[ose]	close quickfix window
 |:cd|		:cd		change directory
+|:cdo|		:cdo		execute command in each valid error list entry
+|:cfdo|		:cfdo		execute command in each file in error list
 |:center|	:ce[nter]	format lines at the center
 |:cexpr|	:cex[pr]	read errors from expr and jump to first
 |:cfile|	:cf[ile]	read file with error messages and jump to first
@@ -1239,7 +1246,6 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:hardcopy|	:ha[rdcopy]	send text to the printer
 |:help|		:h[elp]		open a help window
 |:helpclose|	:helpc[lose]	close one help window
-|:helpfind|	:helpf[ind]	dialog to open a help window
 |:helpgrep|	:helpg[rep]	like ":grep" but searches help files
 |:helptags|	:helpt[ags]	generate help tags for a directory
 |:highlight|	:hi[ghlight]	specify highlighting methods
@@ -1285,6 +1291,8 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:lchdir|	:lch[dir]	change directory locally
 |:lclose|	:lcl[ose]	close location window
 |:lcscope|	:lcs[cope]      like ":cscope" but uses location list
+|:ldo|		:ld[o]		execute command in valid location list entries
+|:lfdo|		:lfd[o]		execute command in each file in location list
 |:left|		:le[ft]		left align lines
 |:leftabove|	:lefta[bove]	make split window appear left or above
 |:let|		:let		assign a value to a variable or option

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1941,9 +1941,9 @@ If the 'fileformats' option is not empty Vim tries to recognize the type of
 changed, the detected format is only used while reading the file.
 A similar thing happens with 'fileencodings'.
 
-On non-MS-DOS and Win32 systems the message "[dos format]" is shown if
+On non-Windows systems the message "[dos format]" is shown if
 a file is read in DOS format, to remind you that something unusual is done.
-On Macintosh, MS-DOS, and Win32 the message "[unix format]" is shown if
+On Macintosh and Windows the message "[unix format]" is shown if
 a file is read in Unix format.
 On non-Macintosh systems, the message "[Mac format]" is shown if a file is
 read in Mac format.

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 24
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 
 Bug reports:				*bugs* *bug-reports* *bugreport.vim*
 
-Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim_dev@vim.org>
+Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim-dev@vim.org>
 This is a maillist, you need to become a member first and many people will see
 the message.  If you don't want that, e.g. because it is a security issue,
 send it to <bugs@vim.org>, this only goes to the Vim maintainer (that's Bram).
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
 				lots of patches
 	Ingo Wilken		Tcl interface
 	Mike Williams		PostScript printing
-	Juergen Weigert		Lattice version, AUX improvements, UNIX and
+	Juergen Weigert		Lattice version, AUX improvements, Unix and
 				MS-DOS ports, autoconf
 	Stefan 'Sec' Zehl	Maintainer of vim.org
 

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Oct 03
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Dec 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -43,16 +43,6 @@ features.  Unfortunately, every system has its own way to deal with multibyte
 languages and it is quite complicated.
 
 
-COMPILING
-
-If you already have a compiled Vim program, check if the |+multi_byte| feature
-is included.  The |:version| command can be used for this.
-
-If +multi_byte is not included, you should compile Vim with "normal", "big" or
-"huge" features.  You can further tune what features are included.  See the
-INSTALL files in the source directory.
-
-
 LOCALE
 
 First of all, you must make sure your current locale is set correctly.  If
@@ -107,14 +97,6 @@ is the difficult part.  It depends on the system you are using, the locale and
 a few other things.  See the chapters on fonts: |mbyte-fonts-X11| for
 X-Windows and |mbyte-fonts-MSwin| for MS-Windows.
 
-For GTK+ 2, you can skip most of this section.  The option 'guifontset' does
-no longer exist.  You only need to set 'guifont' and everything should "just
-work".  If your system comes with Xft2 and fontconfig and the current font
-does not contain a certain glyph, a different font will be used automatically
-if available.  The 'guifontwide' option is still supported but usually you do
-not need to set it.  It is only necessary if the automatic font selection does
-not suit your needs.
-
 For X11 you can set the 'guifontset' option to a list of fonts that together
 cover the characters that are used.  Example for Korean: >
 
@@ -494,11 +476,6 @@ For Vim you may need to set 'encoding' to "utf-8".
 Unfortunately, using fonts in X11 is complicated.  The name of a single-byte
 font is a long string.  For multi-byte fonts we need several of these...
 
-Note: Most of this is no longer relevant for GTK+ 2.  Selecting a font via
-its XLFD is not supported; see 'guifont' for an example of how to
-set the font.  Do yourself a favor and ignore the |XLFD| and |xfontset|
-sections below.
-
 First of all, Vim only accepts fixed-width fonts for displaying text.  You
 cannot use proportionally spaced fonts.  This excludes many of the available
 (and nicer looking) fonts.  However, for menus and tooltips any font can be
@@ -629,52 +606,6 @@ If you use a wrong "font" argument you will get an error message.
 Also make sure that you set 'guifontset' before setting fonts for highlight
 groups.
 
-
-USING RESOURCE FILES
-
-Instead of specifying 'guifontset', you can set X11 resources and Vim will
-pick them up.  This is only for people who know how X resource files work.
-
-For Motif and Athena insert these three lines in your $HOME/.Xdefaults file:
-
-	Vim.font: |base_font_name_list|
-	Vim*fontSet: |base_font_name_list|
-	Vim*fontList: your_language_font
-
-Note: Vim.font is for text area.
-      Vim*fontSet is for menu.
-      Vim*fontList is for menu (for Motif GUI)
-
-For example, when you are using Japanese and a 14 dots font, >
-
-	Vim.font: -misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-*
-	Vim*fontSet: -misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-*
-	Vim*fontList: -misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-*
-<
-or: >
-
-	Vim*font: k14,r14
-	Vim*fontSet: k14,r14
-	Vim*fontList: k14,r14
-<
-To have them take effect immediately you will have to do >
-
-	xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
-
-Otherwise you will have to stop and restart the X server before the changes
-take effect.
-
-
-The GTK+ version of GUI Vim does not use .Xdefaults, use ~/.gtkrc instead.
-The default mostly works OK.  But for the menus you might have to change
-it.  Example: >
-
-	style "default"
-	{
-		fontset="-*-*-medium-r-normal--14-*-*-*-c-*-*-*"
-	}
-	widget_class "*" style "default"
-
 ==============================================================================
 6.  Fonts on MS-Windows				*mbyte-fonts-MSwin*
 
@@ -847,20 +778,6 @@ For example, when you are using kinput2 as |IM-server| and sh, >
 	export XMODIFIERS="@im=kinput2"
 <
 
-FULLY CONTROLLED XIM
-
-You can fully control XIM, like with IME of MS-Windows (see |multibyte-ime|).
-This is currently only available for the GTK GUI.
-
-Before using fully controlled XIM, one setting is required.  Set the
-'imactivatekey' option to the key that is used for the activation of the input
-method.  For example, when you are using kinput2 + canna as IM Server, the
-activation key is probably Shift+Space: >
-
-	:set imactivatekey=S-space
-
-See 'imactivatekey' for the format.
-
 ==============================================================================
 8.  Input on MS-Windows					*mbyte-IME*
 
@@ -893,14 +810,11 @@ WHAT IS IME
     URL.
 
 WHAT IS GLOBAL IME					*global-ime*
-    Global IME makes capability to input Chinese, Japanese, and Korean text
-    into Vim buffer on any language version of Windows 98, Windows 95, and
-    Windows NT 4.0.
-    On Windows 2000 and XP it should work as well (without downloading).  On
-    Windows 2000 Professional, Global IME is built in, and the Input Locales
-    can be added through Control Panel/Regional Options/Input Locales.
-    Please see below URL for detail of Global IME.  You can also find various
-    language version of Global IME at same place.
+    Global IME enables input of Chinese, Japanese, and Korean text into Vim
+    buffer on any language version of Windows.  Global IME is built in, and
+    the Input Locales can be added through Control Panel/Regional
+    Options/Input Locales.  Please see below URL for detail of Global IME.
+    You can also find various language version of Global IME at same place.
 
     - Global IME detailed information.
 	http://search.microsoft.com/results.aspx?q=global+ime
@@ -1201,14 +1115,12 @@ internally.
 
 Vim has comprehensive UTF-8 support.  It works well in:
 - xterm with utf-8 support enabled
-- Athena, Motif and GTK GUI
 - MS-Windows GUI
 - several other platforms
 
 Double-width characters are supported.  This works best with 'guifontwide' or
 'guifontset'.  When using only 'guifont' the wide characters are drawn in the
-normal width and a space to fill the gap.  Note that the 'guifontset' option
-is no longer relevant in the GTK+ 2 GUI.
+normal width and a space to fill the gap.
 
 							*bom-bytes*
 When reading a file a BOM (Byte Order Mark) can be used to recognize the
@@ -1278,8 +1190,6 @@ doesn't always work.  See the system specific remarks below, and 'langmenu'.
 
 USING UTF-8 IN X-Windows				*utf-8-in-xwindows*
 
-Note: This section does not apply to the GTK+ 2 GUI.
-
 You need to specify a font to be used.  For double-wide characters another
 font is required, which is exactly twice as wide.  There are three ways to do
 this:

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -401,12 +401,6 @@ You have used an ":unabbreviate" command with an argument which is not an
 existing abbreviation.  All variations of this command give the same message:
 ":cunabbrev", ":iunabbrev", etc.  Check for trailing white space.
 
->
-  /dev/dsp: No such file or directory
-
-Only given for GTK GUI with Gnome support.  Gnome tries to use the audio
-device and it isn't present.  You can ignore this error.
-
 							*E31*  >
   No such mapping
 

runtime/doc/nvim_provider.txt

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ are now decoupled from Nvim core as providers:
 
 The first example is clipboard integration: in the original Vim source code,
 clipboard functions account for more than 1k lines of C source code (and that
-is just on ui.c), all to peform two tasks that are now accomplished with
+is just on ui.c), all to perform two tasks that are now accomplished with
 simple shell commands such as xclip or pbcopy/pbpaste.
 
 The other example is Python scripting support: Vim has three files dedicated to

runtime/doc/nvim_python.txt

@@ -49,6 +49,9 @@ To use Vim Python 2/3 plugins with Nvim, do the following:
 >
     $ pip3 install --user neovim
 <
+Note: If you previously installed the package, get the latest version by
+      appending the `--upgrade` flag to the commands above.
+
 ==============================================================================
 							   *g:python_host_prog*
 

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Dec 17
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Oct 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ the option value, use '\"' instead.  This example sets the 'titlestring'
 option to 'hi "there"': >
    :set titlestring=hi\ \"there\"
 
-For MS-DOS and WIN32 backslashes in file names are mostly not removed.  More
+For Windows backslashes in file names are mostly not removed.  More
 precise: For options that expect a file name (those where environment
 variables are expanded) a backslash before a normal file name character is not
 removed.  But a backslash before a special character (space, backslash, comma,
@@ -488,11 +488,11 @@ number can be specified where "vim:" or "Vim:" is used:
 	vim<{vers}:	version before {vers}
 	vim={vers}:	version {vers}
 	vim>{vers}:	version after {vers}
-{vers} is 600 for Vim 6.0 (hundred times the major version plus minor).
-For example, to use a modeline only for Vim 6.0 and later:
-	/* vim600: set foldmethod=marker: */ ~
-To use a modeline for Vim before version 5.7:
-	/* vim<570: set sw=4: */ ~
+{vers} is 700 for Vim 7.0 (hundred times the major version plus minor).
+For example, to use a modeline only for Vim 7.0:
+	/* vim700: set foldmethod=marker */ ~
+To use a modeline for Vim after version 7.2:
+	/* vim>702: set cole=2: */ ~
 There can be no blanks between "vim" and the ":".
 
 
@@ -635,9 +635,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	(or Vim is run inside an xterm invoked with "-cjkwidth" option.),
 	this option should be set to "double" to match the width perceived
 	by Vim with the width of glyphs in the font.  Perhaps it also has
-	to be set to "double" under CJK Windows 9x/ME or Windows 2k/XP
-	when the system locale is set to one of CJK locales.  See Unicode
-	Standard Annex #11 (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11).
+	to be set to "double" under CJK Windows XP when the system locale is
+	set to one of CJK locales.
+	See Unicode Standard Annex #11 (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11).
 
 	Vim may set this option automatically at startup time when Vim is
 	compiled with the |+termresponse| feature and if |t_u7| is set to the
@@ -772,14 +772,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	putting a ":gui" command in the gvimrc file, before where the value
 	of 'background' is used (e.g., before ":syntax on").
 
-	For MS-DOS and Windows the default is "dark".
+	For Windows the default is "dark".
 	For other systems "dark" is used when 'term' is "linux",
 	"screen.linux", "cygwin" or "putty", or $COLORFGBG suggests a dark
 	background.  Otherwise the default is "light".
 
 	Normally this option would be set in the vimrc file.  Possibly
 	depending on the terminal name.  Example: >
-		:if &term == "pcterm"
+		:if &term == "xterm"
 		:  set background=dark
 		:endif
 <	When this option is set, the default settings for the highlight groups
@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  impossible!).  Writing may fail because of this.
 	- A directory "." means to put the backup file in the same directory
 	  as the edited file.
-	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-DOS et al.) means to
+	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for Windows) means to
 	  put the backup file relative to where the edited file is.  The
 	  leading "." is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
 	  ("." inside a directory name has no special meaning).
@@ -1110,8 +1110,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'browsedir'* *'bsdir'*
 'browsedir' 'bsdir'	string	(default: "last")
 			global
-			{only for Motif, Athena, GTK, Mac and
-			Win32 GUI}
+			{only for Mac and Win32 GUI}
 	Which directory to use for the file browser:
 	   last		Use same directory as with last file browser, where a
 			file was opened or saved.
@@ -1194,6 +1193,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	nofile only:	The buffer name is fixed, it is not handled like a
 			file name.  It is not modified in response to a |:cd|
 			command.
+	both:		When using ":e bufname" and already editing "bufname"
+			the buffer is made empty and autocommands are
+			triggered as usual for |:edit|.
 							*E676*
 	"acwrite" implies that the buffer name is not related to a file, like
 	"nofile", but it will be written.  Thus, in contrast to "nofile" and
@@ -2073,7 +2075,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  the edited file.  On Unix, a dot is prepended to the file name, so
 	  it doesn't show in a directory listing.  On MS-Windows the "hidden"
 	  attribute is set and a dot prepended if possible.
-	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-DOS et al.) means to
+	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for Windows) means to
 	  put the swap file relative to where the edited file is.  The leading
 	  "." is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
 	- For Unix and Win32, if a directory ends in two path separators "//"
@@ -2129,7 +2131,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'edcompatible' 'ed'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
 
 					*'encoding'* *'enc'* *E543*
-'encoding' 'enc'	string (default: "utf-8" or value from $LANG)
+'encoding' 'enc'	string (default: "utf-8")
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
 			feature}
@@ -2151,10 +2153,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	can use: >
 		if has("multi_byte_encoding")
 <
-	Normally 'encoding' will be equal to your current locale.  This will
-	be the default if Vim recognizes your environment settings, otherwise
-	"utf-8" is used.
-
 	When you set this option, it fires the |EncodingChanged| autocommand
 	event so that you can set up fonts if necessary.
 
@@ -2171,22 +2169,20 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	setting 'encoding' to one of these values instead of utf-8 only has
 	effect for encoding used for files when 'fileencoding' is empty.
 
-	When 'encoding' is set to a Unicode encoding, and 'fileencodings' was
-	not set yet, the default for 'fileencodings' is changed.
-
 			*'endofline'* *'eol'* *'noendofline'* *'noeol'*
 'endofline' 'eol'	boolean	(default on)
 			local to buffer
 	When writing a file and this option is off and the 'binary' option
-	is on, no <EOL> will be written for the last line in the file.  This
-	option is automatically set when starting to edit a new file, unless
-	the file does not have an <EOL> for the last line in the file, in
-	which case it is reset.  Normally you don't have to set or reset this
-	option.  When 'binary' is off the value is not used when writing the
-	file.  When 'binary' is on it is used to remember the presence of a
-	<EOL> for the last line in the file, so that when you write the file
-	the situation from the original file can be kept.  But you can change
-	it if you want to.
+	is on, or 'fixeol' option is off, no <EOL> will be written for the
+	last line in the file.  This option is automatically set or reset when
+	starting to edit a new file, depending on whether file has an <EOL>
+	for the last line in the file.  Normally you don't have to set or
+	reset this option.
+	When 'binary' is off and 'fixeol' is on the value is not used when
+	writing the file.  When 'binary' is on or 'fixeol' is off it is used
+	to remember the presence of a <EOL> for the last line in the file, so
+	that when you write the file the situation from the original file can
+	be kept.  But you can change it if you want to.
 
 			     *'equalalways'* *'ea'* *'noequalalways'* *'noea'*
 'equalalways' 'ea'	boolean	(default on)
@@ -2343,9 +2339,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	old short name was 'fe', which is no longer used.
 
 					*'fileencodings'* *'fencs'*
-'fileencodings' 'fencs'	string (default: "ucs-bom",
-				    "ucs-bom,utf-8,default,latin1" when
-				    'encoding' is set to a Unicode value)
+'fileencodings' 'fencs'	string (default: "ucs-bom,utf-8,default,latin1")
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
 			feature}
@@ -2385,9 +2379,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	because Vim cannot detect an error, thus the encoding is always
 	accepted.
 	The special value "default" can be used for the encoding from the
-	environment.  This is the default value for 'encoding'.  It is useful
-	when 'encoding' is set to "utf-8" and your environment uses a
-	non-latin1 encoding, such as Russian.
+	environment.  It is useful when 'encoding' is set to "utf-8" and
+	your environment uses a non-latin1 encoding, such as Russian.
 	When 'encoding' is "utf-8" and a file contains an illegal byte
 	sequence it won't be recognized as UTF-8.  You can use the |8g8|
 	command to find the illegal byte sequence.
@@ -2402,7 +2395,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	is read.
 
 					*'fileformat'* *'ff'*
-'fileformat' 'ff'	string (MS-DOS and MS-Windows default: "dos",
+'fileformat' 'ff'	string (Windows default: "dos",
 				Unix default: "unix",
 				Macintosh default: "mac")
 			local to buffer
@@ -2446,8 +2439,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  2. If a <NL> is found and 'fileformats' includes "unix", 'fileformat'
 	     is set to "unix".  Note that when a <NL> is found without a
 	     preceding <CR>, "unix" is preferred over "dos".
-	  3. If 'fileformat' has not yet been set, and if 'fileformats'
-	     includes "mac", 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
+	  3. If 'fileformat' has not yet been set, and if a <CR> is found, and
+	     if 'fileformats' includes "mac", 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
 	     This means that "mac" is only chosen when:
 	      "unix" is not present or no <NL> is found in the file, and
 	      "dos" is not present or no <CR><NL> is found in the file.
@@ -2541,6 +2534,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  fold:c	Folded			|hl-Folded|
 	  diff:c	DiffDelete		|hl-DiffDelete|
 
+		*'fixendofline'* *'fixeol'* *'nofixendofline'* *'nofixeol'*
+'fixendofline' 'fixeol'	boolean	(default on)
+			local to buffer
+			{not in Vi}
+	When writing a file and this option is on, <EOL> at the end of file
+	will be restored if missing. Turn this option off if you want to
+	preserve the situation from the original file.
+	When the 'binary' option is set the value of this option doesn't
+	matter.
+	See the 'endofline' option.
+
 					*'fkmap'* *'fk'* *'nofkmap'* *'nofk'*
 'fkmap' 'fk'		boolean (default off)			*E198*
 			global
@@ -2808,10 +2812,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	written even on filesystems which do metadata-only journaling.  This
 	will force the harddrive to spin up on Linux systems running in laptop
 	mode, so it may be undesirable in some situations.  Be warned that
-	turning this off increases the chances of data loss after a crash.  On
-	systems without an fsync() implementation, this variable is always
-	off.
-	Also see 'swapsync' for controlling fsync() on swap files.
+	turning this off increases the chances of data loss after a crash.
 
 				   *'gdefault'* *'gd'* *'nogdefault'* *'nogd'*
 'gdefault' 'gd'		boolean	(default off)
@@ -2864,14 +2865,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					r-cr:hor20-Cursor/lCursor,
 					sm:block-Cursor
 					-blinkwait175-blinkoff150-blinkon175",
-				for MS-DOS and Win32 console:
+				for Windows console:
 					"n-v-c:block,o:hor50,i-ci:hor15,
 					r-cr:hor30,sm:block")
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled, and
-			for MS-DOS and Win32 console}
+			for Windows console}
 	This option tells Vim what the cursor should look like in different
-	modes.  It fully works in the GUI.  In an MSDOS or Win32 console, only
+	modes.  It fully works in the GUI.  In a Windows console, only
 	the height of the cursor can be changed.  This can be done by
 	specifying a block cursor, or a percentage for a vertical or
 	horizontal cursor.
@@ -2970,28 +2971,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the case of X).  The font names given should be "normal" fonts.  Vim
 	will try to find the related bold and italic fonts.
 
-	For Win32, GTK, Motif, and Mac OS: >
+	For Win32 and Mac OS: >
 	    :set guifont=*
 <	will bring up a font requester, where you can pick the font you want.
 
 	The font name depends on the GUI used.  See |setting-guifont| for a
 	way to set 'guifont' for various systems.
 
-	For the GTK+ 2 GUI the font name looks like this: >
-	    :set guifont=Andale\ Mono\ 11
-<	That's all.  XLFDs are not used.  For Chinese this is reported to work
-	well: >
-	    if has("gui_gtk2")
-	      set guifont=Bitstream\ Vera\ Sans\ Mono\ 12,Fixed\ 12
-	      set guifontwide=Microsoft\ Yahei\ 12,WenQuanYi\ Zen\ Hei\ 12
-	    endif
-<
 	For Mac OSX you can use something like this: >
 	    :set guifont=Monaco:h10
 <								*E236*
 	Note that the fonts must be mono-spaced (all characters have the same
-	width).  An exception is GTK 2: all fonts are accepted, but
-	mono-spaced fonts look best.
+	width).
 
 	To preview a font on X11, you might be able to use the "xfontsel"
 	program.  The "xlsfonts" program gives a list of all available fonts.
@@ -3024,7 +3015,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled and
 			with the |+xfontset| feature}
-			{not available in the GTK+ 2 GUI}
 	When not empty, specifies two (or more) fonts to be used.  The first
 	one for normal English, the second one for your special language.  See
 	|xfontset|.
@@ -3052,24 +3042,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note: The size of these fonts must be exactly twice as wide as the one
 	specified with 'guifont' and the same height.
 
-	All GUI versions but GTK+ 2:
-
 	'guifontwide' is only used when 'encoding' is set to "utf-8" and
 	'guifontset' is empty or invalid.
 	When 'guifont' is set and a valid font is found in it and
 	'guifontwide' is empty Vim will attempt to find a matching
 	double-width font and set 'guifontwide' to it.
 
-	GTK+ 2 GUI only:			*guifontwide_gtk2*
-
-	If set and valid, 'guifontwide' is always used for double width
-	characters, even if 'encoding' is not set to "utf-8".
-	Vim does not attempt to find an appropriate value for 'guifontwide'
-	automatically.  If 'guifontwide' is empty Pango/Xft will choose the
-	font for characters not available in 'guifont'.  Thus you do not need
-	to set 'guifontwide' at all unless you want to override the choice
-	made by Pango/Xft.
-
 	Windows +multibyte only:		*guifontwide_win_mbyte*
 
 	If set and valid, 'guifontwide' is used for IME instead of 'guifont'.
@@ -3077,7 +3055,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'guiheadroom'* *'ghr'*
 'guiheadroom' 'ghr'	number	(default 50)
 			global
-			{only for GTK and X11 GUI}
+			{only for X11 GUI}
 	The number of pixels subtracted from the screen height when fitting
 	the GUI window on the screen.  Set this before the GUI is started,
 	e.g., in your |gvimrc| file.  When zero, the whole screen height will
@@ -3087,8 +3065,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	screen.
 
 						*'guioptions'* *'go'*
-'guioptions' 'go'	string	(default "egmrLT"   (MS-Windows),
-					 "aegimrLT" (GTK, Motif and Athena))
+'guioptions' 'go'	string	(default "egmrLT"   (MS-Windows))
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
 	This option only has an effect in the GUI version of Vim.  It is a
@@ -3134,10 +3111,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		'guitablabel' can be used to change the text in the labels.
 		When 'e' is missing a non-GUI tab pages line may be used.
 		The GUI tabs are only supported on some systems, currently
-		GTK, Motif, Mac OS/X and MS-Windows.
+		Mac OS/X and MS-Windows.
 								*'go-i'*
-	  'i'	Use a Vim icon.  For GTK with KDE it is used in the left-upper
-		corner of the window.
+	  'i'	Use a Vim icon.
 								*'go-m'*
 	  'm'	Menu bar is present.
 								*'go-M'*
@@ -3149,10 +3125,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 								*'go-g'*
 	  'g'	Grey menu items: Make menu items that are not active grey.  If
 		'g' is not included inactive menu items are not shown at all.
-		Exception: Athena will always use grey menu items.
 								*'go-T'*
-	  'T'	Include Toolbar.  Currently only in Win32, GTK+, Motif,
-		and Athena GUIs.
+	  'T'	Include Toolbar.  Currently only in Win32 GUI.
 								*'go-r'*
 	  'r'	Right-hand scrollbar is always present.
 								*'go-R'*
@@ -3184,8 +3158,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		the right moment, try adding this flag.  This must be done
 		before starting the GUI.  Set it in your |gvimrc|.  Adding or
 		removing it after the GUI has started has no effect.
-								*'go-F'*
-	  'F'	Add a footer.  Only for Motif.  See |gui-footer|.
 
 
 						*'guipty'* *'noguipty'*
@@ -3438,54 +3410,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|/ignorecase|.
 
 						*'imactivatefunc'* *'imaf'*
-'imactivatefunc' 'imaf'	string (default "")
-			global
-			{only available when compiled with |+xim| and
-			|+GUI_GTK|}
-	This option specifies a function that will be called to
-	activate/inactivate Input Method.
+'imactivatefunc' 'imaf'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
 
-	Example: >
-		function ImActivateFunc(active)
-		  if a:active
-		    ... do something
-		  else
-		    ... do something
-		  endif
-		  " return value is not used
-		endfunction
-		set imactivatefunc=ImActivateFunc
-<
 						*'imactivatekey'* *'imak'*
-'imactivatekey' 'imak'	string (default "")
-			global
-			{only available when compiled with |+xim| and
-			|+GUI_GTK|}				*E599*
-	Specifies the key that your Input Method in X-Windows uses for
-	activation.  When this is specified correctly, vim can fully control
-	IM with 'imcmdline', 'iminsert' and 'imsearch'.
-	You can't use this option to change the activation key, the option
-	tells Vim what the key is.
-	Format:
-		[MODIFIER_FLAG-]KEY_STRING
-
-	These characters can be used for MODIFIER_FLAG (case is ignored):
-		S	    Shift key
-		L	    Lock key
-		C	    Control key
-		1	    Mod1 key
-		2	    Mod2 key
-		3	    Mod3 key
-		4	    Mod4 key
-		5	    Mod5 key
-	Combinations are allowed, for example "S-C-space" or "SC-space" are
-	both shift+ctrl+space.
-	See <X11/keysymdef.h> and XStringToKeysym for KEY_STRING.
-
-	Example: >
-		:set imactivatekey=S-space
-<	"S-space" means shift+space.  This is the activation key for kinput2 +
-	canna (Japanese), and ami (Korean).
+'imactivatekey' 'imak'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
 
 				*'imcmdline'* *'imc'* *'noimcmdline'* *'noimc'*
 'imcmdline' 'imc'	boolean (default off)
@@ -3527,8 +3455,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|i_CTRL-^|.
 	The value is set to 1 when setting 'keymap' to a valid keymap name.
 	It is also used for the argument of commands like "r" and "f".
-	The value 0 may not work correctly with Athena and Motif with some XIM
-	methods.  Use 'imdisable' to disable XIM then.
 
 						*'imsearch'* *'ims'*
 'imsearch' 'ims'	number (default 0, 2 when an input method is supported)
@@ -3544,25 +3470,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|c_CTRL-^|.
 	The value is set to 1 when it is not -1 and setting the 'keymap'
 	option to a valid keymap name.
-	The value 0 may not work correctly with Athena and Motif with some XIM
-	methods.  Use 'imdisable' to disable XIM then.
 
 						*'imstatusfunc'* *'imsf'*
-'imstatusfunc' 'imsf'	string (default "")
-			global
-			{only available when compiled with |+xim| and
-			|+GUI_GTK|}
-	This option specifies a function that is called to obtain the status
-	of Input Method.  It must return a positive number when IME is active.
-
-	Example: >
-		function ImStatusFunc()
-		  let is_active = ...do something
-		  return is_active ? 1 : 0
-		endfunction
-		set imstatusfunc=ImStatusFunc
-<
-	NOTE: This function is invoked very often.  Keep it fast.
+'imstatusfunc' 'imsf'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
 
 						*'include'* *'inc'*
 'include' 'inc'		string	(default "^\s*#\s*include")
@@ -3704,7 +3614,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When executing commands with |:normal| 'insertmode' is not used.
 
 						*'isfname'* *'isf'*
-'isfname' 'isf'		string	(default for MS-DOS and Win32:
+'isfname' 'isf'		string	(default for Windows:
 			     "@,48-57,/,\,.,-,_,+,,,#,$,%,{,},[,],:,@-@,!,~,="
 			    otherwise: "@,48-57,/,.,-,_,+,,,#,$,%,~,=")
 			global
@@ -3755,7 +3665,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
 
 						*'isident'* *'isi'*
-'isident' 'isi'		string	(default for MS-DOS and Win32:
+'isident' 'isi'		string	(default for Windows:
 					   "@,48-57,_,128-167,224-235"
 				otherwise: "@,48-57,_,192-255")
 			global
@@ -3770,10 +3680,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	change 'iskeyword' instead.
 
 						*'iskeyword'* *'isk'*
-'iskeyword' 'isk'	string (Vim default for
-				  Win32:     @,48-57,_,128-167,224-235
-				  otherwise: @,48-57,_,192-255
-				Vi default:  @,48-57,_)
+'iskeyword' 'isk'	string (default: @,48-57,_,192-255
+				Vi default: @,48-57,_)
 			local to buffer
 	Keywords are used in searching and recognizing with many commands:
 	"w", "*", "[i", etc.  It is also used for "\k" in a |pattern|.  See
@@ -3785,8 +3693,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When the 'lisp' option is on the '-' character is always included.
 
 						*'isprint'* *'isp'*
-'isprint' 'isp'	string	(default for MS-DOS, Win32, and Macintosh:
-				"@,~-255"; otherwise: "@,161-255")
+'isprint' 'isp'	string	(default: "@,161-255")
 			global
 	The characters given by this option are displayed directly on the
 	screen.  It is also used for "\p" in a |pattern|.  The characters from
@@ -4077,8 +3984,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  conceal:c	Character to show in place of concealed text, when
 			'conceallevel' is set to 1.  A space when omitted.
 							*lcs-nbsp*
-	  nbsp:c	Character to show for a non-breakable space (character
-			0xA0, 160).  Left blank when omitted.
+	  nbsp:c	Character to show for a non-breakable space character
+			(0xA0 (160 decimal) and U+202F).  Left blank when
+			omitted.
 
 	The characters ':' and ',' should not be used.  UTF-8 characters can
 	be used when 'encoding' is "utf-8", otherwise only printable
@@ -4381,7 +4289,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The mouse pointer is restored when the mouse is moved.
 
 						*'mousemodel'* *'mousem'*
-'mousemodel' 'mousem'	string	(default "extend", "popup" for MS-DOS and Win32)
+'mousemodel' 'mousem'	string	(default "extend", "popup" for Windows)
 			global
 	Sets the model to use for the mouse.  The name mostly specifies what
 	the right mouse button is used for:
@@ -4483,12 +4391,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'mousetime'* *'mouset'*
 'mousetime' 'mouset'	number	(default 500)
 			global
-	Only for GUI, MS-DOS, Win32 and Unix with xterm.  Defines the maximum
+	Only for GUI, Windows and Unix with xterm.  Defines the maximum
 	time in msec between two mouse clicks for the second click to be
 	recognized as a multi click.
 
 							*'nrformats'* *'nf'*
-'nrformats' 'nf'	string	(default "hex")
+'nrformats' 'nf'	string	(default "bin,hex")
 			local to buffer
 	This defines what bases Vim will consider for numbers when using the
 	CTRL-A and CTRL-X commands for adding to and subtracting from a number
@@ -4501,6 +4409,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	hex	If included, numbers starting with "0x" or "0X" will be
 		considered to be hexadecimal.  Example: Using CTRL-X on
 		"0x100" results in "0x0ff".
+	bin	If included, numbers starting with "0b" or "0B" will be
+		considered to be binary.  Example: Using CTRL-X on
+		"0b1000" subtracts one, resulting in "0b0111".
 	Numbers which simply begin with a digit in the range 1-9 are always
 	considered decimal.  This also happens for numbers that are not
 	recognized as octal or hex.
@@ -4564,11 +4475,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			    *'opendevice'* *'odev'* *'noopendevice'* *'noodev'*
 'opendevice' 'odev'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
-			{only for MS-DOS and MS-Windows}
+			{only for Windows}
 	Enable reading and writing from devices.  This may get Vim stuck on a
 	device that can be opened but doesn't actually do the I/O.  Therefore
 	it is off by default.
-	Note that on MS-Windows editing "aux.h", "lpt1.txt" and the like also
+	Note that on Windows editing "aux.h", "lpt1.txt" and the like also
 	result in editing a device.
 
 
@@ -4934,18 +4845,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	instead of the number of lines.
 
 			 *'restorescreen'* *'rs'* *'norestorescreen'* *'nors'*
-'restorescreen' 'rs'	boolean	(default on)
-			global
-			{only in Windows 95/NT console version}
-	When set, the screen contents is restored when exiting Vim.  This also
-	happens when executing external commands.
-
-	For non-Windows Vim: You can set or reset the 't_ti' and 't_te'
-	options in your vimrc.  To disable restoring:
-		set t_ti= t_te=
-	To enable restoring (for an xterm):
-		set t_ti=^[7^[[r^[[?47h t_te=^[[?47l^[8
-	(Where ^[ is an <Esc>, type CTRL-V <Esc> to insert it)
+'restorescreen' 'rs'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
 
 				*'revins'* *'ri'* *'norevins'* *'nori'*
 'revins' 'ri'		boolean	(default off)
@@ -5353,7 +5253,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	r	Removable media.  The argument is a string (up to the next
 		',').  This parameter can be given several times.  Each
 		specifies the start of a path for which no marks will be
-		stored.  This is to avoid removable media.  For MS-DOS you
+		stored.  This is to avoid removable media.  For Windows you
 		could use "ra:,rb:".  You can also use it for temp files,
 		e.g., for Unix: "r/tmp".  Case is ignored.
 							*shada-s*
@@ -5391,8 +5291,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'shell'* *'sh'* *E91*
 'shell' 'sh'		string	(default $SHELL or "sh",
-					MS-DOS and Win32: "command.com" or
-					"cmd.exe")
+					Windows: "cmd.exe")
 			global
 	Name of the shell to use for ! and :! commands.  When changing the
 	value also check these options: 'shellpipe', 'shellslash'
@@ -5404,26 +5303,49 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	it in quotes.  Example: >
 		:set shell=\"c:\program\ files\unix\sh.exe\"\ -f
 <	Note the backslash before each quote (to avoid starting a comment) and 
-	each space (to avoid ending the option value).  Also note that the
-	"-f" is not inside the quotes, because it is not part of the command
-	name.  And Vim automagically recognizes the backslashes that are path
-	separators.
+	each space (to avoid ending the option value), so better use |:let-&| 
+	like this: >
+		:let &shell='"C:\Program Files\unix\sh.exe" -f'
+<	Also note that the "-f" is not inside the quotes, because it is not 
+	part of the command name.
+							*shell-unquoting*
+	Rules regarding quotes:
+	1. Option is split on space and tab characters that are not inside 
+	   quotes: "abc def" runs shell named "abc" with additional argument 
+	   "def", '"abc def"' runs shell named "abc def" with no additional 
+	   arguments (here and below: additional means “additional to 
+	   'shellcmdflag'”).
+	2. Quotes in option may be present in any position and any number: 
+	   '"abc"', '"a"bc', 'a"b"c', 'ab"c"' and '"a"b"c"' are all equivalent 
+	   to just "abc".
+	3. Inside quotes backslash preceding backslash means one backslash.  
+	   Backslash preceding quote means one quote. Backslash preceding 
+	   anything else means backslash and next character literally: 
+	   '"a\\b"' is the same as "a\b", '"a\\"b"' runs shell named literally 
+	   'a"b', '"a\b"' is the same as "a\b" again.
+	4. Outside of quotes backslash always means itself, it cannot be used 
+	   to escape quote: 'a\"b"' is the same as "a\b".
+	Note that such processing is done after |:set| did its own round of 
+	unescaping, so to keep yourself sane use |:let-&| like shown above.
+
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
 						*'shellcmdflag'* *'shcf'*
 'shellcmdflag' 'shcf'	string	(default: "-c";
-				 MS-DOS and Win32, when 'shell' does not
+				 Windows, when 'shell' does not
 				 contain "sh" somewhere: "/c")
 			global
 	Flag passed to the shell to execute "!" and ":!" commands; e.g.,
-	"bash.exe -c ls" or "command.com /c dir".  For the MS-DOS-like
+	"bash.exe -c ls" or "cmd.exe /c dir".  For Windows
 	systems, the default is set according to the value of 'shell', to
 	reduce the need to set this option by the user.
 	On Unix it can have more than one flag.  Each white space separated
 	part is passed as an argument to the shell command.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
-	Also see |dos-shell| for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
+	See |shell-unquoting| which talks about separating this option into 
+	multiple arguments.
+	Also see |dos-shell| for Windows.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -5438,7 +5360,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The name of the temporary file can be represented by "%s" if necessary
 	(the file name is appended automatically if no %s appears in the value
 	of this option).
-	For MS-DOS the default is ">".  The output is directly saved in a file
+	For Windows the default is ">".  The output is directly saved in a file
 	and not echoed to the screen.
 	For Unix the default it "| tee".  The stdout of the compiler is saved
 	in a file and echoed to the screen.  If the 'shell' option is "csh" or
@@ -5462,7 +5384,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	security reasons.
 
 						*'shellquote'* *'shq'*
-'shellquote' 'shq'	string	(default: ""; MS-DOS and Win32, when 'shell'
+'shellquote' 'shq'	string	(default: ""; Windows, when 'shell'
 					contains "sh" somewhere: "\"")
 			global
 	Quoting character(s), put around the command passed to the shell, for
@@ -5470,7 +5392,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	quoting.  See 'shellxquote' to include the redirection.  It's
 	probably not useful to set both options.
 	This is an empty string by default.  Only known to be useful for
-	third-party shells on MS-DOS-like systems, such as the MKS Korn Shell
+	third-party shells on Windows systems, such as the MKS Korn Shell
 	or bash, where it should be "\"".  The default is adjusted according
 	the value of 'shell', to reduce the need to set this option by the
 	user.  See |dos-shell|.
@@ -5535,7 +5457,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'shellxescape'* *'sxe'*
 'shellxescape' 'sxe'	string	(default: "";
-				 for MS-DOS and MS-Windows: "\"&|<>()@^")
+				 for Windows: "\"&|<>()@^")
 			global
 	When 'shellxquote' is set to "(" then the characters listed in this
 	option will be escaped with a '^' character.  This makes it possible
@@ -5704,8 +5626,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Use the 'M' flag in 'highlight' to set the type of highlighting for
 	this message.
 	When |XIM| may be used the message will include "XIM".  But this
-	doesn't mean XIM is really active, especially when 'imactivatekey' is
-	not set.
+	doesn't mean XIM is really active.
 
 						*'showtabline'* *'stal'*
 'showtabline' 'stal'	number	(default 1)
@@ -6090,11 +6011,39 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	( -   Start of item group.  Can be used for setting the width and
 	      alignment of a section.  Must be followed by %) somewhere.
 	) -   End of item group.  No width fields allowed.
-	T N   For 'tabline': start of tab page N label.  Use %T after the last
-	      label.  This information is used for mouse clicks.
-	X N   For 'tabline': start of close tab N label.  Use %X after the
-	      label, e.g.: %3Xclose%X.  Use %999X for a "close current tab"
-	      mark.  This information is used for mouse clicks.
+	T N   For 'tabline': start of tab page N label.  Use %T or %X to end 
+	      the label.  Clicking this label with left mouse button switches 
+	      to the specified tab page.
+	X N   For 'tabline': start of close tab N label.  Use %X or %T to end 
+	      the label, e.g.: %3Xclose%X.  Use %999X for a "close current 
+	      tab" label.    Clicking this label with left mouse button closes 
+	      specified tab page.
+	@ N   For 'tabline': start of execute function label. Use %X or %T to 
+	      end the label, e.g.: %10@SwitchBuffer@foo.c%X.  Clicking this 
+	      label runs specified function: in the example when clicking once 
+	      using left mouse button on "foo.c" "SwitchBuffer(10, 1, 'l', 
+	      '    ')" expression will be run.  Function receives the 
+	      following arguments in order:
+	      1. minwid field value or zero if no N was specified
+	      2. number of mouse clicks to detect multiple clicks
+	      3. mouse button used: "l", "r" or "m" for left, right or middle 
+	         button respectively; one should not rely on third argument 
+	         being only "l", "r" or "m": any other non-empty string value 
+	         that contains only ASCII lower case letters may be expected 
+	         for other mouse buttons
+	      4. modifiers pressed: string which contains "s" if shift 
+	         modifier was pressed, "c" for control, "a" for alt and "m" 
+	         for meta; currently if modifier is not pressed string 
+	         contains space instead, but one should not rely on presence 
+	         of spaces or specific order of modifiers: use |stridx()| to 
+	         test whether some modifier is present; string is guaranteed 
+	         to contain only ASCII letters and spaces, one letter per 
+	         modifier; "?" modifier may also be present, but its presence 
+	         is a bug that denotes that new mouse button recognition was 
+	         added without modifying code that reacts on mouse clicks on 
+	         this label.
+	      Note: to test whether your version of Neovim contains this 
+	            feature use `has('tablineat')`.
 	< -   Where to truncate line if too long.  Default is at the start.
 	      No width fields allowed.
 	= -   Separation point between left and right aligned items.
@@ -6201,7 +6150,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When 'swapfile' is reset, the swap file for the current buffer is
 	immediately deleted.  When 'swapfile' is set, and 'updatecount' is
 	non-zero, a swap file is immediately created.
-	Also see |swap-file| and |'swapsync'|.
+	Also see |swap-file|.
 	If you want to open a new buffer without creating a swap file for it,
 	use the |:noswapfile| modifier.
 
@@ -6209,18 +6158,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	specify special kinds of buffers.   See |special-buffers|.
 
 						*'swapsync'* *'sws'*
-'swapsync' 'sws'	string	(default "fsync")
-			global
-	When this option is not empty a swap file is synced to disk after
-	writing to it.  This takes some time, especially on busy unix systems.
-	When this option is empty parts of the swap file may be in memory and
-	not written to disk.  When the system crashes you may lose more work.
-	On Unix the system does a sync now and then without Vim asking for it,
-	so the disadvantage of setting this option off is small.  On some
-	systems the swap file will not be written at all.  For a unix system
-	setting it to "sync" will use the sync() call instead of the default
-	fsync(), which may work better on some systems.
-	The 'fsync' option is used for the actual file.
+'swapsync' 'sws'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
 
 						*'switchbuf'* *'swb'*
 'switchbuf' 'swb'	string	(default "")
@@ -6435,9 +6373,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'term'			string	(default is $TERM, if that fails:
 				      in the GUI: "builtin_gui"
 					  on Mac: "mac-ansi"
-				       on MS-DOS: "pcterm"
 					 on Unix: "ansi"
-				       on Win 32: "win32")
+				       on Windows: "win32")
 			global
 	Name of the terminal.  Used for choosing the terminal control
 	characters.  Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
@@ -6707,7 +6644,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When 'updatecount' is set from zero to non-zero, swap files are
 	created for all buffers that have 'swapfile' set.  When 'updatecount'
 	is set to zero, existing swap files are not deleted.
-	Also see |'swapsync'|.
 	This option has no meaning in buffers where |'buftype'| is "nofile"
 	or "nowrite".
 
@@ -7011,7 +6947,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'winaltkeys'* *'wak'*
 'winaltkeys' 'wak'	string	(default "menu")
 			global
-			{only used in Win32, Motif, and GTK}
+			{only used in Win32}
 	Some GUI versions allow the access to menu entries by using the ALT
 	key in combination with a character that appears underlined in the
 	menu.  This conflicts with the use of the ALT key for mappings and
@@ -7026,8 +6962,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		keys can be mapped.
 	If the menu is disabled by excluding 'm' from 'guioptions', the ALT
 	key is never used for the menu.
-	This option is not used for <F10>; on Win32 and with GTK <F10> will
-	select the menu, unless it has been mapped.
+	This option is not used for <F10>; on Win32.
 
 						*'window'* *'wi'*
 'window' 'wi'		number  (default screen height - 1)
@@ -7195,6 +7130,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 	The number of microseconds to wait for each character sent to the
 	screen.  When non-zero, characters are sent to the terminal one by
-	one.  For MS-DOS pcterm this does not work.  For debugging purposes.
+	one.  For debugging purposes.
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:noet:norl:

runtime/doc/os_dos.txt

@@ -52,12 +52,9 @@ Will find "c:\user\piet\_vimrc" and the runtime files in "e:\vim\vim54".
 
 See |$VIM| and |$VIMRUNTIME| for more information.
 
-Under Windows 95, you can set $VIM in your C:\autoexec.bat file.  For
-example: >
-  set VIM=D:\vim
-Under Windows NT, you can set environment variables for each user separately
-under "Start/Settings/Control Panel->System", or through the properties in the
-menu of "My Computer", under the Environment Tab.
+You can set environment variables for each user separately under
+"Start/Settings/Control Panel->System", or through the properties in the menu
+of "My Computer", under the Environment Tab.
 
 ==============================================================================
 2. Using backslashes					*dos-backslash*
@@ -246,16 +243,6 @@ the CTRL-C until it tries to read a key.
 ==============================================================================
 8. Temp files						*dos-temp-files*
 
-Only for the 16 bit and 32 bit DOS version:
-Vim puts temporary files (for filtering) in the first of these directories
-that exists and in which Vim can create a file:
-	$TMP
-	$TEMP
-	C:\TMP
-	C:\TEMP
-	current directory
-
-For the Win32 version (both console and GUI):
 Vim uses standard Windows functions to obtain a temporary file name (for
 filtering).  The first of these directories that exists and in which Vim can
 create a file is used:
@@ -266,10 +253,10 @@ create a file is used:
 ==============================================================================
 9. Shell option default					*dos-shell*
 
-The default for the 'sh' ('shell') option is "command.com" on Windows 95 and
-"cmd.exe" on Windows NT.  If SHELL is defined, Vim uses SHELL instead, and if
-SHELL is not defined but COMSPEC is, Vim uses COMSPEC.  Vim starts external
-commands with "<shell> /c <command_name>".  Typing CTRL-Z starts a new command
+The default for the 'sh' ('shell') option is "cmd.exe" on Windows.
+If SHELL is defined, Vim uses SHELL instead, and if SHELL is not defined
+but COMSPEC is, Vim uses COMSPEC.  Vim starts external commands with
+"<shell> /c <command_name>".  Typing CTRL-Z starts a new command
 subshell.  Return to Vim with "exit".	|'shell'| |CTRL-Z|
 
 If you are running a third-party shell, you may need to set the

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -7,17 +7,15 @@
 						*win32* *Win32* *MS-Windows*
 This file documents the idiosyncrasies of the Win32 version of Vim.
 
-The Win32 version of Vim works on Windows NT, XP, Vista and Windows 7.
+The Win32 version of Vim works on Windows XP, Vista and Windows 7.
 There are both console and GUI versions.
 
 The 32 bit version also runs on 64 bit MS-Windows systems.
 
 1. Known problems		|win32-problems|
 2. Startup			|win32-startup|
-3. Restore screen contents	|win32-restore|
-4. Using the mouse		|win32-mouse|
-5. Running under Windows 3.1	|win32-win3.1|
-6. Win32 mini FAQ		|win32-faq|
+3. Using the mouse		|win32-mouse|
+4. Win32 mini FAQ	        |win32-faq|
 
 Additionally, there are a number of common Win32 and DOS items:
 File locations			|dos-locations|
@@ -34,7 +32,6 @@ Win32 GUI			|gui-w32|
 
 Credits:
 The Win32 version was written by George V. Reilly <george@reilly.org>.
-The original Windows NT port was done by Roger Knobbe <RogerK@wonderware.com>.
 The GUI version was made by George V. Reilly and Robert Webb.
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -79,14 +76,7 @@ make "!xxd" work, as it is in the Tools menu.  And it also means that when
 executable() returns 1 the executable can actually be executed.
 
 ==============================================================================
-3. Restore screen contents				*win32-restore*
-
-When 'restorescreen' is set (which is the default), Vim will restore the
-original contents of the console when exiting or when executing external
-commands.  If you don't want this, use ":set nors".	|'restorescreen'|
-
-==============================================================================
-4. Using the mouse					*win32-mouse*
+3. Using the mouse					*win32-mouse*
 
 The Win32 version of Vim supports using the mouse.  If you have a two-button
 mouse, the middle button can be emulated by pressing both left and right
@@ -98,35 +88,7 @@ When the mouse doesn't work, try disabling the "Quick Edit Mode" feature of
 the console.
 
 ==============================================================================
-5. Running under Windows 3.1				*win32-win3.1*
-
-						*win32s* *windows-3.1*
-There is a special version of Gvim that runs under Windows 3.1 and 3.11.  You
-need the gvim.exe that was compiled with Visual C++ 4.1.
-
-To run the Win32 version under Windows 3.1, you need to install Win32s.  You
-might have it already from another Win32 application which you have installed.
-If Vim doesn't seem to be running properly, get the latest version: 1.30c.
-You can find it at:
-
-	http://support.microsoft.com/download/support/mslfiles/pw1118.exe
-
-(Microsoft moved it again, we don't know where it is now :-( ).
-
-The reason for having two versions of gvim.exe is that the Win32s version was
-compiled with VC++ 4.1.  This is the last version of VC++ that supports Win32s
-programs.  VC++ 5.0 is better, so that one was used for the Win32 version.
-Apart from that, there is no difference between the programs.  If you are in a
-mixed environment, you can use the gvim.exe for Win32s on both.
-
-The Win32s version works the same way as the Win32 version under 95/NT.  When
-running under Win32s the following differences apply:
-- You cannot use long file names, because Windows 3.1 doesn't support them!
-- When executing an external command, it doesn't return an exit code.  After
-  doing ":make" you have to do ":cn" yourself.
-
-==============================================================================
-6. Win32 mini FAQ					*win32-faq*
+4. Win32 mini FAQ					*win32-faq*
 
 Q. How do I change the font?
 A. In the GUI version, you can use the 'guifont' option.  Example: >
@@ -134,14 +96,6 @@ A. In the GUI version, you can use the 'guifont' option.  Example: >
 <  In the console version, you need to set the font of the console itself.
    You cannot do this from within Vim.
 
-Q. How do I type dead keys on Windows NT?
-A. Dead keys work on NT 3.51.  Just type them as you would in any other
-   application.
-   On NT 4.0, you need to make sure that the default locale (set in the
-   Keyboard part of the Control Panel) is the same as the currently active
-   locale.  Otherwise the NT code will get confused and crash!  This is a NT
-   4.0 problem, not really a Vim problem.
-
 Q. I'm using Vim to edit a symbolically linked file on a Unix NFS file server.
    When I write the file, Vim does not "write through" the symlink.  Instead,
    it deletes the symbolic link and creates a new file in its place.  Why?
@@ -176,28 +130,6 @@ A. Basically what you need is to put a tee program that will copy its input
 	:set shellpipe=\|\ tee
 <  to your _vimrc.
 
-Q. I'm storing files on a remote machine that works with VisionFS, and files
-   disappear!
-A. VisionFS can't handle certain dot (.) three letter extension file names.
-   SCO declares this behavior required for backwards compatibility with 16bit
-   DOS/Windows environments.  The two commands below demonstrate the behavior:
->
-	echo Hello > file.bat~ 
-	dir > file.bat
-<
-   The result is that the "dir" command updates the "file.bat~" file, instead
-   of creating a new "file.bat" file.  This same behavior is exhibited in Vim
-   when editing an existing file named "foo.bat" because the default behavior
-   of Vim is to create a temporary file with a '~' character appended to the
-   name.  When the file is written, it winds up being deleted.
-
-   Solution: Add this command to your _vimrc file: >
-	:set backupext=.temporary
-
-Q. How do I change the blink rate of the cursor?
-A. You can't!  This is a limitation of the NT console.  NT 5.0 is reported to
-   be able to set the blink rate for all console windows at the same time.
-
 							*:!start*
 Q. How can I run an external command or program asynchronously?
 A. When using :! to run an external command, you can run it with "start": >
@@ -240,28 +172,6 @@ A. You have two possible solutions depending on what you want:
 <  The first command runs notepad minimized and the second one runs it
    normally.
 
-Q. I'm using Win32s, and when I try to run an external command like "make",
-   Vim doesn't wait for it to finish!  Help!
-A. The problem is that a 32-bit application (Vim) can't get notification from
-   Windows that a 16-bit application (your DOS session) has finished.  Vim
-   includes a work-around for this, but you must set up your DOS commands to
-   run in a window, not full-screen.  Unfortunately the default when you
-   install Windows is full-screen.  To change this:
-   1) Start PIF editor (in the Main program group).
-   2) Open the file "_DEFAULT.PIF" in your Windows directory.
-   3) Changes the display option from "Full Screen" to "Windowed".
-   4) Save and exit.
-
-   To test, start Vim and type >
-	:!dir C:\<CR>".
-<  You should see a DOS box window appear briefly with the directory listing.
-
-Q. I use Vim under Win32s and NT.  In NT, I can define the console to default to
-   50 lines, so that I get a 80x50 shell when I ':sh'.  Can I do the same in
-   W3.1x, or am I stuck with 80x25?
-A. Edit SYSTEM.INI and add 'ScreenLines=50' to the [NonWindowsApp] section.  DOS
-   prompts and external DOS commands will now run in a 50-line window.
-
 						*windows-icon*
 Q. I don't like the Vim icon, can I change it?
 A. Yes, place your favorite icon in bitmaps/vim.ico in a directory of

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 06
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ explanations are in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.
 
 							*n*
 n			Repeat the latest "/" or "?" [count] times.
+			If the cursor doesn't move the search is repeated with
+			count + 1.
 			|last-pattern|
 
 							*N*
@@ -129,7 +131,7 @@ gD			Goto global Declaration.  When the cursor is on a
 
 							*CTRL-C*
 CTRL-C			Interrupt current (search) command.  Use CTRL-Break on
-			MS-DOS |dos-CTRL-Break|.
+			Windows |dos-CTRL-Break|.
 			In Normal mode, any pending command is aborted.
 
 							*:noh* *:nohlsearch*
@@ -1050,7 +1052,10 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 								*E769*
 	When the ']' is not there Vim will not give an error message but
 	assume no collection is used.  Useful to search for '['.  However, you
-	do get E769 for internal searching.
+	do get E769 for internal searching.  And be aware that in a
+	`:substitute` command the whole command becomes the pattern.  E.g.
+	":s/[/x/" searches for "[/x" and replaces it with nothing.  It does
+	not search for "[" and replaces it with "x"!
 
 	If the sequence begins with "^", it matches any single character NOT
 	in the collection: "[^xyz]" matches anything but 'x', 'y' and 'z'.
@@ -1082,7 +1087,7 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 *[:backspace:]*		  [:backspace:]	the <BS> character
 	  The brackets in character class expressions are additional to the
 	  brackets delimiting a collection.  For example, the following is a
-	  plausible pattern for a UNIX filename: "[-./[:alnum:]_~]\+" That is,
+	  plausible pattern for a Unix filename: "[-./[:alnum:]_~]\+" That is,
 	  a list of at least one character, each of which is either '-', '.',
 	  '/', alphabetic, numeric, '_' or '~'.
 	  These items only work for 8-bit characters.

runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt

@@ -1,482 +0,0 @@
-*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2013 Nov 29
->
-		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell
-<
-Authors:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
-	  (remove NOSPAM from the email address)
-						*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell	*glvs-copyright*
-	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
-	package, including getscriptPlugin.vim, getscript.vim,
-	GetLatestVimScripts.dist, and pi_getscript.txt, except use "getscript"
-	instead of "VIM".  Like anything else that's free, getscript and its
-	associated files are provided *as is* and comes with no warranty of
-	any kind, either expressed or implied.  No guarantees of
-	merchantability.  No guarantees of suitability for any purpose.  By
-	using this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
-	holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use of this
-	software. Use at your own risk!
-
-Getscript is a plugin that simplifies retrieval of the latest versions of the
-scripts that you yourself use!  Typing |:GLVS| will invoke getscript; it will
-then use the <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> (see |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|) file to
-get the latest versions of scripts listed therein from http://vim.sf.net/.
-
-==============================================================================
-1. Contents				*glvs-contents* *glvs* *getscript*
-   					*GetLatestVimScripts*
-
-	1. Contents........................................: |glvs-contents|
-	2. GetLatestVimScripts -- Getting Started..........: |glvs-install|
-	3. GetLatestVimScripts Usage.......................: |glvs-usage|
-	4. GetLatestVimScripts Data File...................: |glvs-data|
-	5. GetLatestVimScripts Friendly Plugins............: |glvs-plugins|
-	6. GetLatestVimScripts AutoInstall.................: |glvs-autoinstall|
-	7. GetLatestViMScripts Options.....................: |glvs-options|
-	8. GetLatestVimScripts Algorithm...................: |glvs-alg|
-	9. GetLatestVimScripts History.....................: |glvs-hist|
-
-
-==============================================================================
-2. GetLatestVimScripts -- Getting Started		*getscript-start*
-						*getlatestvimscripts-install*
-
-	VERSION FROM VIM DISTRIBUTION			*glvs-dist-install*
-
-Vim 7.0 does not include the GetLatestVimScripts.dist file which
-serves as an example and a template.  So, you'll need to create
-your own!  See |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|.
-
-	VERSION FROM VIM SF NET				*glvs-install*
-
-NOTE: The last step, that of renaming/moving the GetLatestVimScripts.dist
-file, is for those who have just downloaded GetLatestVimScripts.tar.bz2 for
-the first time.
-
-The GetLatestVimScripts.dist file serves as an example and a template for your
-own personal list.  Feel free to remove all the scripts mentioned within it;
-the "important" part of it is the first two lines.
-
-Your computer needs to have wget or curl for GetLatestVimScripts to do its work.
-
-	1. if compressed:  gunzip getscript.vba.gz
-	2. Unix:
-		vim getscript.vba
-		:so %
-		:q
-		cd ~/.vim/GetLatest
-		mv GetLatestVimScripts.dist GetLatestVimScripts.dat
-		(edit GetLatestVimScripts.dat to install your own personal
-		list of desired plugins -- see |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|)
-	
-	3. Windows:
-		vim getscript.vba
-		:so %
-		:q
-		cd **path-to-vimfiles**/GetLatest
-		mv GetLatestVimScripts.dist GetLatestVimScripts.dat
-		(edit GetLatestVimScripts.dat to install your own personal
-		list of desired plugins -- see |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|)
-
-
-==============================================================================
-3. GetLatestVimScripts Usage				*glvs-usage* *:GLVS*
-
-Unless it has been defined elsewhere, >
-
-	:GLVS
-
-will invoke GetLatestVimScripts().  If some other plugin has defined that
-command, then you may type
->
-	:GetLatestVimScripts
-<
-The script will attempt to update and, if permitted, will automatically
-install scripts from http://vim.sourceforge.net/.  To do so it will peruse a
-file,
->
-	.vim/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat                    (unix)
-<
-or >
-	..wherever..\vimfiles\GetLatest\GetLatestVimScripts.dat   (windows)
-(see |glvs-data|), and examine plugins in your [.vim|vimfiles]/plugin
-directory (see |glvs-plugins|).
-
-Scripts which have been downloaded will appear in the
-~/.vim/GetLatest (unix) or ..wherever..\vimfiles\GetLatest (windows)
-subdirectory.  GetLatestVimScripts will attempt to automatically
-install them if you have the following line in your <.vimrc>: >
-
-	let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall=1
-
-The <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file will be automatically be updated to
-reflect the latest version of script(s) so downloaded.
-(also see |glvs-options|)
-
-
-==============================================================================
-4. GetLatestVimScripts Data File		*getscript-data* *glvs-data*
- 						*:GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
-The data file <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> must have for its first two lines
-the following text:
->
-	ScriptID SourceID Filename
-	--------------------------
-<
-Following those two lines are three columns; the first two are numeric
-followed by a text column.  The GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dist file
-contains an example of such a data file.  Anything following a #... is
-ignored, so you may embed comments in the file.
-
-The first number on each line gives the script's ScriptID.  When you're about
-to use a web browser to look at scripts on http://vim.sf.net/, just before you
-click on the script's link, you'll see a line resembling
-
-	http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=40
-
-The "40" happens to be a ScriptID that GetLatestVimScripts needs to
-download the associated page, and is assigned by vim.sf.net itself
-during initial uploading of the plugin.
-
-The second number on each line gives the script's SourceID.  The SourceID
-records the count of uploaded scripts as determined by vim.sf.net; hence it
-serves to indicate "when" a script was uploaded.  Setting the SourceID to 1
-insures that GetLatestVimScripts will assume that the script it has is
-out-of-date.
-
-The SourceID is extracted by GetLatestVimScripts from the script's page on
-vim.sf.net; whenever it is greater than the one stored in the
-GetLatestVimScripts.dat file, the script will be downloaded
-(see |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|).
-
-If your script's author has included a special comment line in his/her plugin,
-the plugin itself will be used by GetLatestVimScripts to build your
-<GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file, including any dependencies on other scripts it
-may have.  As an example, consider: >
-
-	" GetLatestVimScripts: 884  1 :AutoInstall: AutoAlign.vim
-
-This comment line tells getscript.vim to check vimscript #884 and that the
-script is automatically installable.  Getscript will also use this line to
-help build the GetLatestVimScripts.dat file, by including a line such as: >
-
-	884 1 :AutoInstall: AutoAlign.vim
-<
-assuming that such a line isn't already in GetLatestVimScripts.dat file.
-See |glvs-plugins| for more.  Thus, GetLatestVimScripts thus provides a
-comprehensive ability to keep your plugins up-to-date!
-
-In summary:
-
-  * Optionally tell getscript that it is allowed to build/append a
-    GetLatestVimScripts.dat file based upon already installed plugins: >
-	let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall=1
-<
-  * A line such as >
-	" GetLatestVimScripts: 884  1 :AutoInstall: AutoAlign.vim
-<   in an already-downloaded plugin constitutes the concurrence of the
-    plugin author that getscript may do AutoInstall.  Not all plugins
-    may be AutoInstall-able, and the plugin's author is best situated
-    to know whether or not his/her plugin will AutoInstall properly.
-
-  * A line such as >
-	884 1 :AutoInstall: AutoAlign.vim
-<   in your GetLatestVimScripts.dat file constitutes your permission
-    to getscript to do AutoInstall.  AutoInstall requires both your
-    and the plugin author's permission.  See |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|.
-
-
-						*GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
-As an example of a <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file:
->
-    ScriptID SourceID Filename
-    --------------------------
-    294 1 :AutoInstall: Align.vim
-    120 2 Decho.vim
-     40 3 DrawIt.tar.gz
-    451 4 EasyAccents.vim
-    195 5 engspchk.vim
-    642 6 GetLatestVimScripts.vim
-    489 7 Manpageview.vim
-<
-Note: the first two lines are required, but essentially act as comments.
-
-
-==============================================================================
-5. GetLatestVimScripts Friendly Plugins	*getscript-plugins* *glvs-plugins*
-
-		(this section is for plugin authors)~
-
-If a plugin author includes the following comment anywhere in their plugin,
-GetLatestVimScripts will find it and use it to automatically build the user's
-GetLatestVimScripts.dat files:
->
-	                         src_id
-	                            v
-	" GetLatestVimScripts: ### ### yourscriptname
-	                        ^
-	                    scriptid
-<
-As an author, you should include such a line in to refer to your own script
-plus any additional lines describing any plugin dependencies it may have.
-Same format, of course!
-
-If your command is auto-installable (see |glvs-autoinstall|), and most scripts
-are, then you may include :AutoInstall: just before "yourscriptname":
->
-	                         src_id
-	                            v
-	" GetLatestVimScripts: ### ### :AutoInstall: yourscriptname
-	                        ^
-	                    scriptid
-<
-NOTE: The :AutoInstall: feature requires both the plugin author's and~
-      the user's permission to operate!~
-
-GetLatestVimScripts commands for those scripts are then appended, if not
-already present, to the user's GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat file.  It is
-a relatively painless way to automate the acquisition of any scripts your
-plugins depend upon.
-
-Now, as an author, you probably don't want GetLatestVimScripts to download
-your own scripts atop your own copy, thereby overwriting your not-yet-released
-hard work.  GetLatestVimScripts provides a solution for this:  put
->
-	0 0 yourscriptname
-<
-into your <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file and GetLatestVimScripts will skip
-examining the "yourscriptname" scripts for those GetLatestVimScripts comment
-lines.  As a result, those lines won't be inadvertently installed into your
-<GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file and subsequently used to download your own
-scripts.  This is especially important to do if you've included the
-:AutoInstall: option.
-
-Be certain to use the same "yourscriptname" in the "0 0 yourscriptname" line
-as you've used in your GetLatestVimScripts comment!
-
-
-==============================================================================
-6. GetLatestVimScripts AutoInstall			*getscript-autoinstall*
-							*glvs-autoinstall*
-
-GetLatestVimScripts now supports "AutoInstall".  Not all scripts are
-supportive of auto-install, as they may have special things you need to do to
-install them (please refer to the script's "install" directions).  On the
-other hand, most scripts will be auto-installable.
-
-To let GetLatestVimScripts do an autoinstall, the data file's comment field
-should begin with (surrounding blanks are ignored): >
-
-	:AutoInstall:
-<
-Both colons are needed, and it should begin the comment (yourscriptname)
-field.
-
-One may prevent any autoinstalling by putting the following line in your
-<.vimrc>: >
-
-	let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall= 0
-<
-With :AutoInstall: enabled, as it is by default, files which end with
-
-	---.tar.bz2  : decompressed & untarred in .vim/ directory
-	---.vba.bz2  : decompressed in .vim/ directory, then vimball handles it
-	---.vim.bz2  : decompressed & moved into .vim/plugin directory
-	---.tar.gz   : decompressed & untarred in .vim/ directory
-	---.vba.gz   : decompressed in .vim/ directory, then vimball handles it
-	---.vim.gz   : decompressed & moved into .vim/plugin directory
-	---.vba      : unzipped in .vim/ directory
-	---.vim      : moved to .vim/plugin directory
-	---.zip      : unzipped in .vim/ directory
-
-and which merely need to have their components placed by the untar/gunzip or
-move-to-plugin-directory process should be auto-installable.  Vimballs, of
-course, should always be auto-installable.
-
-When is a script not auto-installable?  Let me give an example:
-
-	.vim/after/syntax/blockhl.vim
-
-The <blockhl.vim> script provides block highlighting for C/C++ programs; it is
-available at:
-
-	http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=104
-
-Currently, vim's after/syntax only supports by-filetype scripts (in
-blockhl.vim's case, that's after/syntax/c.vim).  Hence, auto-install would
-possibly overwrite the current user's after/syntax/c.vim file.
-
-In my own case, I use <aftersyntax.vim> (renamed to after/syntax/c.vim) to
-allow a after/syntax/c/ directory:
-
-	http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=1023
-
-The script allows multiple syntax files to exist separately in the
-after/syntax/c subdirectory.  I can't bundle aftersyntax.vim in and build an
-appropriate tarball for auto-install because of the potential for the
-after/syntax/c.vim contained in it to overwrite a user's c.vim.
-
-
-==============================================================================
-7. GetLatestVimScripts Options					*glvs-options*
->
-	g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget
-<	default= "wget"
-		This variable holds the name of the command for obtaining
-		scripts.
->
-	g:GetLatestVimScripts_options
-<	default= "-q -O"
-		This variable holds the options to be used with the
-		g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget command.
->
- 	g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
-<	default= 1
-		This variable indicates whether GetLatestVimScripts is allowed
-		to attempt to automatically install scripts.  Furthermore, the
-		plugin author has to have explicitly indicated that his/her
-		plugin is automatically installable (via the :AutoInstall:
-		keyword in the GetLatestVimScripts comment line).
->
-	g:GetLatestVimScripts_autoinstalldir
-<	default= $HOME/.vim     (linux)
-	default= $HOME/vimfiles (windows)
-		Override where :AutoInstall: scripts will be installed.
-		Doesn't override vimball installation.
->
-	g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr
-<       default='http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='
-		Override this if your system needs
-	  ...  ='http://vim.sourceforge.net/script/script.php?script_id='
-
-==============================================================================
-8. GetLatestVimScripts Algorithm		*glvs-algorithm* *glvs-alg*
-
-The Vim sourceforge page dynamically creates a page by keying off of the
-so-called script-id.  Within the webpage of
-
-	http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=40
-
-is a line specifying the latest source-id (src_id).  The source identifier
-numbers are always increasing, hence if the src_id is greater than the one
-recorded for the script in GetLatestVimScripts then it's time to download a
-newer copy of that script.
-
-GetLatestVimScripts will then download the script and update its internal
-database of script ids, source ids, and scriptnames.
-
-The AutoInstall process will:
-
-	Move the file from GetLatest/ to the following directory
-		Unix   : $HOME/.vim
-		Windows: $HOME\vimfiles
-	if the downloaded file ends with ".bz2"
-		bunzip2 it
-	else if the downloaded file ends with ".gz"
-		gunzip it
-	if the resulting file ends with ".zip"
-		unzip it
-	else if the resulting file ends with ".tar"
-		tar -oxvf it
-	else if the resulting file ends with ".vim"
-		move it to the plugin subdirectory
-
-
-==============================================================================
-9. GetLatestVimScripts History		*getscript-history* *glvs-hist* {{{1
-
-v36 Apr 22, 2013 : * (glts) suggested use of plugin/**/*.vim instead of
-		     plugin/*.vim in globpath() call.
-		   * (Andy Wokula) got warning message when setting
-		     g:loaded_getscriptPlugin
-v35 Apr 07, 2012 : * (MengHuan Yu) pointed out that the script url has
-		     changed (somewhat).  However, it doesn't work, and
-		     the original one does (under Linux). I'll make it
-		     yet-another-option.
-v34 Jun 23, 2011 : * handles additional decompression options for tarballs
-                     (tgz taz tbz txz)
-v33 May 31, 2011 : * using fnameescape() instead of escape()
-		   * *.xz support
-v32 Jun 19, 2010 : * (Jan Steffens) added support for xz compression
-v31 Jun 29, 2008 : * (Bill McCarthy) fixed having hls enabled with getscript
-		   * (David Schaefer) the acd option interferes with vimballs
-		     Solution: bypass the acd option
-v30 Jun 13, 2008 : * GLVS now checks for existence of fnameescape() and will
-		     issue an error message if it is not supported
-v29 Jan 07, 2008 : * Bram M pointed out that cpo is a global option and that
-                     getscriptPlugin.vim was setting it but not restoring it.
-v28 Jan 02, 2008 : * improved shell quoting character handling, cygwin
-		     interface, register-a bypass
-    Oct 29, 2007   * Bill McCarthy suggested a change to getscript that avoids
-                     creating pop-up windows
-v24 Apr 16, 2007 : * removed save&restore of the fo option during script
-                     loading
-v23 Nov 03, 2006 : * ignores comments (#...)
-                   * handles vimballs
-v22 Oct 13, 2006 : * supports automatic use of curl if wget is not
-                     available
-v21 May 01, 2006 : * now takes advantage of autoloading.
-v20 Dec 23, 2005 : * Eric Haarbauer found&fixed a bug with unzip use;
-                     unzip needs the -o flag to overwrite.
-v19 Nov 28, 2005 : * v18's GetLatestVimScript line accessed the wrong
-                     script! Fixed.
-v18 Mar 21, 2005 : * bugfix to automatic database construction
-                   * bugfix - nowrapscan caused an error
-                     (tnx to David Green for the fix)
-    Apr 01, 2005   * if shell is bash, "mv" instead of "ren" used in
-                     :AutoInstall:s, even though its o/s is windows
-    Apr 01, 2005   * when downloading errors occurred, GLVS was
-                     terminating early.  It now just goes on to trying
-                     the next script (after trying three times to
-                     download a script description page)
-    Apr 20, 2005   * bugfix - when a failure to download occurred,
-                     GetLatestVimScripts would stop early and claim that
-                     everything was current.  Fixed.
-v17 Aug 25, 2004 : * g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall, which
-                     defaults to 1, can be used to prevent all
-                     :AutoInstall:
-v16 Aug 25, 2004 : * made execution of bunzip2/gunzip/tar/zip silent
-                   * fixed bug with :AutoInstall: use of helptags
-v15 Aug 24, 2004 : * bugfix: the "0 0 comment" download prevention wasn't
-                     always preventing downloads (just usually).  Fixed.
-v14 Aug 24, 2004 : * bugfix -- helptags was using dotvim, rather than
-                     s:dotvim.  Fixed.
-v13 Aug 23, 2004 : * will skip downloading a file if its scriptid or srcid
-                     is zero.  Useful for script authors; that way their
-                     own GetLatestVimScripts activity won't overwrite
-                     their scripts.
-v12 Aug 23, 2004 : * bugfix - a "return" got left in the distribution that
-                     was intended only for testing.  Removed, now works.
-                   * :AutoInstall: implemented
-v11 Aug 20, 2004 : * GetLatestVimScripts is now a plugin:
-                   * :GetLatestVimScripts command
-                   * (runtimepath)/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
-                     now holds scripts that need updating
-v10 Apr 19, 2004 : * moved history from script to doc
-v9  Jan 23, 2004 :   windows (win32/win16/win95) will use
-                     double quotes ("") whereas other systems will use
-                     single quotes ('') around the urls in calls via wget
-v8  Dec 01, 2003 :   makes three tries at downloading
-v7  Sep 02, 2003 :   added error messages if "Click on..." or "src_id="
-                     not found in downloaded webpage
-                     Uses t_ti, t_te, and rs to make progress visible
-v6  Aug 06, 2003 :   final status messages now display summary of work
-                     ( "Downloaded someqty scripts" or
-                       "Everything was current")
-                     Now GetLatestVimScripts is careful about downloading
-                     GetLatestVimScripts.vim itself!
-                     (goes to <NEW_GetLatestVimScripts.vim>)
-v5  Aug 04, 2003 :   missing an endif near bottom
-v4  Jun 17, 2003 :   redraw! just before each "considering" message
-v3  May 27, 2003 :   Protects downloaded files from errant shell
-                     expansions with single quotes: '...'
-v2  May 14, 2003 :   extracts name of item to be obtained from the
-                     script file.  Uses it instead of comment field
-                     for output filename; comment is used in the
-                     "considering..." line and is now just a comment!
-                   * Fixed a bug: a string-of-numbers is not the
-                     same as a number, so I added zero to them
-                     and they became numbers.  Fixes comparison.
-
-==============================================================================
-vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:fdm=marker

runtime/doc/print.txt

@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ It is possible to achieve a poor man's version of duplex printing using the PS
 utility psselect.  This utility has options -e and -o for printing just the
 even or odd pages of a PS file respectively.
 
-First generate a PS file with the 'hardcopy' command, then generate a new
+First generate a PS file with the 'hardcopy' command, then generate new
 files with all the odd and even numbered pages with: >
 
 	psselect -o test.ps odd.ps

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -291,6 +291,100 @@ use this code: >
 
 	au QuickfixCmdPost make call QfMakeConv()
 
+EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
+							*:cdo*
+:cdo[!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each valid entry in the quickfix list.
+			It works like doing this: >
+				:cfirst
+				:{cmd}
+				:cnext
+				:{cmd}
+				etc.
+<			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
+			is not present, the command fails.
+			When an error is detected on one buffer, further
+			buffers will not be visited.
+			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
+			the current buffer.
+			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
+			Only valid entries in the quickfix list are used.
+			Note: While this command is executing, the Syntax
+			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
+			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
+			each buffer.
+			Also see |:bufdo|, |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|,
+			|:ldo|, |:cfdo| and |:lfdo|.
+
+							*:cfdo*
+:cfdo[!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each file in the quickfix list.
+			It works like doing this: >
+				:cfirst
+				:{cmd}
+				:cnfile
+				:{cmd}
+				etc.
+<			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
+			is not present, the command fails.
+			When an error is detected on one buffer, further
+			buffers will not be visited.
+			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
+			the current buffer.
+			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
+			Only valid entries in the quickfix list are used.
+			Note: While this command is executing, the Syntax
+			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
+			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
+			each buffer.
+			Also see |:bufdo|, |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|,
+			|:cdo|, |:ldo| and |:lfdo|.
+
+							*:ldo*
+:ld[o][!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each valid entry in the location list
+			for the current window.
+			It works like doing this: >
+				:lfirst
+				:{cmd}
+				:lnext
+				:{cmd}
+				etc.
+<			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
+			is not present, the command fails.
+			When an error is detected on one buffer, further
+			buffers will not be visited.
+			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
+			the current buffer.
+			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
+			Only valid entries in the location list are used.
+			Note: While this command is executing, the Syntax
+			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
+			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
+			each buffer.
+			Also see |:bufdo|, |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|,
+			|:cdo|, |:cfdo| and |:lfdo|.
+
+							*:lfdo*
+:lfdo[!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each file in the location list for
+			the current window.
+			It works like doing this: >
+				:lfirst
+				:{cmd}
+				:lnfile
+				:{cmd}
+				etc.
+<			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
+			is not present, the command fails.
+			When an error is detected on one buffer, further
+			buffers will not be visited.
+			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
+			the current buffer.
+			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
+			Only valid entries in the location list are used.
+			Note: While this command is executing, the Syntax
+			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
+			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
+			each buffer.
+			Also see |:bufdo|, |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|,
+			|:cdo|, |:ldo| and |:cfdo|.
 
 =============================================================================
 2. The error window					*quickfix-window*
@@ -493,11 +587,11 @@ or simpler >
 "$*" can be given multiple times, for example: >
    :set makeprg=gcc\ -o\ $*\ $*
 
-The 'shellpipe' option defaults to ">" for MS-DOS and Win32.  This means that
-the output of the compiler is saved in a file and not shown on the screen
-directly.  For Unix "| tee" is used.  The compiler output is shown on the
-screen and saved in a file the same time.  Depending on the shell used "|&
-tee" or "2>&1| tee" is the default, so stderr output will be included.
+The 'shellpipe' option defaults to ">" on Windows.  This means that the output
+of the compiler is saved in a file and not shown on the screen directly.  For
+Unix "| tee" is used.  The compiler output is shown on the screen and saved in
+a file the same time.  Depending on the shell used "|& tee" or "2>&1| tee" is
+the default, so stderr output will be included.
 
 If 'shellpipe' is empty, the {errorfile} part will be omitted.  This is useful
 for compilers that write to an errorfile themselves.
@@ -905,9 +999,9 @@ normally happens by matching following characters and items.  When nothing is
 following the rest of the line is matched.  If "%f" is followed by a '%' or a
 backslash, it will look for a sequence of 'isfname' characters.
 
-On MS-DOS and MS-Windows a leading "C:" will be included in "%f", even when
-using "%f:".  This means that a file name which is a single alphabetical
-letter will not be detected.
+On Windows a leading "C:" will be included in "%f", even when using "%f:".
+This means that a file name which is a single alphabetical letter will not be
+detected.
 
 The "%p" conversion is normally followed by a "^".  It's used for compilers
 that output a line like: >

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -730,13 +730,10 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'icon'			    let Vim set the text of the window icon
 'iconstring'		    string to use for the Vim icon text
 'ignorecase'	  'ic'	    ignore case in search patterns
-'imactivatekey'   'imak'    key that activates the X input method
-'imactivatefunc'  'imaf'    function to enable/disable the X input method
 'imcmdline'	  'imc'     use IM when starting to edit a command line
 'imdisable'	  'imd'     do not use the IM in any mode
 'iminsert'	  'imi'     use :lmap or IM in Insert mode
 'imsearch'	  'ims'     use :lmap or IM when typing a search pattern
-'imstatusfunc'    'imsf'    function to obtain X input method status
 'include'	  'inc'     pattern to be used to find an include file
 'includeexpr'	  'inex'    expression used to process an include line
 'incsearch'	  'is'	    highlight match while typing search pattern
@@ -820,7 +817,6 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'relativenumber'  'rnu'	    show relative line number in front of each line
 'remap'			    allow mappings to work recursively
 'report'		    threshold for reporting nr. of lines changed
-'restorescreen'   'rs'	    Win32: restore screen when exiting
 'revins'	  'ri'	    inserting characters will work backwards
 'rightleft'	  'rl'	    window is right-to-left oriented
 'rightleftcmd'	  'rlc'     commands for which editing works right-to-left
@@ -874,7 +870,6 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'suffixes'	  'su'	    suffixes that are ignored with multiple match
 'suffixesadd'	  'sua'     suffixes added when searching for a file
 'swapfile'	  'swf'     whether to use a swapfile for a buffer
-'swapsync'	  'sws'     how to sync the swap file
 'switchbuf'	  'swb'     sets behavior when switching to another buffer
 'synmaxcol'	  'smc'     maximum column to find syntax items
 'syntax'	  'syn'     syntax to be loaded for current buffer
@@ -985,11 +980,9 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 |g_CTRL-G|	   g CTRL-G	show cursor column, line, and character
 				   position
 |CTRL-C|	   CTRL-C	during searches: Interrupt the search
-|dos-CTRL-Break|   CTRL-Break	MS-DOS: during searches: Interrupt the search
+|dos-CTRL-Break|   CTRL-Break	Windows: during searches: Interrupt the search
 |<Del>|		   <Del>	while entering a count: delete last character
 |:version|	:ve[rsion]	show version information
-|:mode|		:mode N		MS-DOS: set screen mode to N (number, C80,
-				   C4350, etc.)
 |:normal|	:norm[al][!] {commands}
 				execute Normal mode commands
 |Q|		   Q		switch to "Ex" mode

runtime/doc/quotes.txt

@@ -178,14 +178,14 @@ Hurrah for VIM!! It is "at your fingertips" like vi, and has the extensions
 that vi sorely needs: highlighting for executing commands on blocks, an easily
 navigable and digestible help screen, and more.  (Paul Pax)
 
-The reason WHY I don't have this amazingly useful macro any more, is that I
+The reason WHY I don't have this amazingly useful macro anymore, is that I
 now use VIM - and this is built in!! (Stephen Riehm, Germany)
 
 I am a user of VIM and I love it.  I use it to do all my programming, C,
 C++, HTML what ever.  (Tim Allwine)
 
 I discovered VIM after years of struggling with the original vi, and I just
-can't live without it any more.  (Emmanuel Mogenet, USA)
+can't live without it anymore.  (Emmanuel Mogenet, USA)
 
 Emacs has not a bit of chance to survive so long as VIM is around.  Besides,
 it also has the most detailed software documentation I have ever seen---much

runtime/doc/recover.txt

@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Disadvantages:
 If you want to put swap files in a fixed place, put a command resembling the
 following ones in your vimrc:
 	:set dir=~/tmp		(for Unix)
-	:set dir=c:\\tmp	(for MS-DOS and Win32)
+	:set dir=c:\\tmp	(for Windows)
 This is also very handy when editing files on floppy.  Of course you will have
 to create that "tmp" directory for this to work!
 
@@ -92,10 +92,7 @@ changed, not when you only moved around.  The reason why it is not kept up to
 date all the time is that this would slow down normal work too much.  You can
 change the 200 character count with the 'updatecount' option.  You can set
 the time with the 'updatetime' option.  The time is given in milliseconds.
-After writing to the swap file Vim syncs the file to disk.  This takes some
-time, especially on busy Unix systems.  If you don't want this you can set the
-'swapsync' option to an empty string.  The risk of losing work becomes bigger
-though.
+After writing to the swap file Vim syncs the file to disk.
 
 If the writing to the swap file is not wanted, it can be switched off by
 setting the 'updatecount' option to 0.  The same is done when starting Vim

runtime/doc/remote.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*remote.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2008 May 24
+*remote.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ The following command line arguments are available:
 				The remote Vim is raised.  If you don't want
 				this use >
 				 vim --remote-send "<C-\><C-N>:n filename<CR>"
-<  --remote-silent [+{cmd}] {file} ...			*--remote-silent*
+<
+   --remote-silent [+{cmd}] {file} ...			*--remote-silent*
 				As above, but don't complain if there is no
 				server and the file is edited locally.
    --remote-wait [+{cmd}] {file} ...				*--remote-wait*

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 07
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Apr 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -287,13 +287,13 @@ with CTRL-V followed by the three digit decimal code.  This does NOT work for
 the <t_xx> termcap codes, these can only be used in mappings.
 
 							*:source_crnl* *W15*
-MS-DOS and Win32: Files that are read with ":source" normally have
-<CR><NL> <EOL>s.  These always work.  If you are using a file with <NL> <EOL>s
-(for example, a file made on Unix), this will be recognized if 'fileformats'
-is not empty and the first line does not end in a <CR>.  This fails if the
-first line has something like ":map <F1> :help^M", where "^M" is a <CR>.  If
-the first line ends in a <CR>, but following ones don't, you will get an error
-message, because the <CR> from the first lines will be lost.
+Windows: Files that are read with ":source" normally have <CR><NL> <EOL>s.
+These always work.  If you are using a file with <NL> <EOL>s (for example, a
+file made on Unix), this will be recognized if 'fileformats' is not empty and
+the first line does not end in a <CR>.  This fails if the first line has
+something like ":map <F1> :help^M", where "^M" is a <CR>.  If the first line
+ends in a <CR>, but following ones don't, you will get an error message,
+because the <CR> from the first lines will be lost.
 
 Mac Classic: Files that are read with ":source" normally have <CR> <EOL>s.
 These always work.  If you are using a file with <NL> <EOL>s (for example, a
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ linebreaks which has a <CR> in first line.
 
 On other systems, Vim expects ":source"ed files to end in a <NL>.  These
 always work.  If you are using a file with <CR><NL> <EOL>s (for example, a
-file made on MS-DOS), all lines will have a trailing <CR>.  This may cause
+file made on Windows), all lines will have a trailing <CR>.  This may cause
 problems for some commands (e.g., mappings).  There is no automatic <EOL>
 detection, because it's common to start with a line that defines a mapping
 that ends in a <CR>, which will confuse the automaton.
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ To enter debugging mode use one of these methods:
    useful to find out what is happening when Vim is starting up.  A side
    effect is that Vim will switch the terminal mode before initialisations
    have finished, with unpredictable results.
-   For a GUI-only version (Windows, Macintosh) the debugging will start as
+   For a GUI-only version (Windows) the debugging will start as
    soon as the GUI window has been opened.  To make this happen early, add a
    ":gui" command in the vimrc file.
 								*:debug*
@@ -583,6 +583,7 @@ For example, to profile the one_script.vim script file: >
 
 :prof[ile] start {fname}			*:prof* *:profile* *E750*
 		Start profiling, write the output in {fname} upon exit.
+		"~/" and environment variables in {fname} will be expanded.
 		If {fname} already exists it will be silently overwritten.
 		The variable |v:profiling| is set to one.
 
@@ -658,10 +659,6 @@ long you take to respond to the input() prompt is irrelevant.
 Profiling should give a good indication of where time is spent, but keep in
 mind there are various things that may clobber the results:
 
-- The accuracy of the time measured depends on the gettimeofday() system
-  function.  It may only be as accurate as 1/100 second, even though the times
-  are displayed in micro seconds.
-
 - Real elapsed time is measured, if other processes are busy they may cause
   delays at unpredictable moments.  You may want to run the profiling several
   times and use the lowest results.

runtime/doc/rileft.txt

@@ -106,9 +106,6 @@ o  Does not support reverse insert and rightleft modes on the command-line.
 o  Somewhat slower in right-to-left mode, because right-to-left motion is
    emulated inside Vim, not by the controlling terminal.
 
-o  When the Athena GUI is used, the bottom scrollbar works in the wrong
-   direction.  This is difficult to fix.
-
 o  When both 'rightleft' and 'revins' are on: 'textwidth' does not work.
    Lines do not wrap at all; you just get a single, long line.
 

runtime/doc/scroll.txt

@@ -245,26 +245,6 @@ dragging the scrollbar of the current window.  How many lines are scrolled
 depends on your mouse driver.  If the scroll action causes input focus
 problems, see |intellimouse-wheel-problems|.
 
-For the X11 GUIs (Motif, Athena and GTK) scrolling the wheel generates key
-presses <ScrollWheelUp>, <ScrollWheelDown>, <ScrollWheelLeft> and
-<ScrollWheelRight>.  For example, if you push the scroll wheel upwards a
-<ScrollWheelUp> key press is generated causing the window to scroll upwards
-(while the text is actually moving downwards).  The default action for these
-keys are:
-    <ScrollWheelUp>	    scroll three lines up	*<ScrollWheelUp>*
-    <S-ScrollWheelUp>	    scroll one page up		*<S-ScrollWheelUp>*
-    <C-ScrollWheelUp>	    scroll one page up		*<C-ScrollWheelUp>*
-    <ScrollWheelDown>	    scroll three lines down	*<ScrollWheelDown>*
-    <S-ScrollWheelDown>	    scroll one page down	*<S-ScrollWheelDown>*
-    <C-ScrollWheelDown>	    scroll one page down	*<C-ScrollWheelDown>*
-    <ScrollWheelLeft>	    scroll six columns left	*<ScrollWheelLeft>*
-    <S-ScrollWheelLeft>	    scroll one page left	*<S-ScrollWheelLeft>*
-    <C-ScrollWheelLeft>	    scroll one page left	*<C-ScrollWheelLeft>*
-    <ScrollWheelRight>	    scroll six columns right	*<ScrollWheelRight>*
-    <S-ScrollWheelRight>    scroll one page right	*<S-ScrollWheelRight>*
-    <C-ScrollWheelRight>    scroll one page right	*<C-ScrollWheelRight>*
-This should work in all modes, except when editing the command line.
-
 Note that horizontal scrolling only works if 'nowrap' is set.  Also, unless
 the "h" flag in 'guioptions' is set, the cursor moves to the longest visible
 line if the cursor line is about to be scrolled off the screen (similarly to
@@ -281,13 +261,6 @@ You can also use Alt and Ctrl modifiers.
 This only works when Vim gets the scroll wheel events, of course.  You can
 check if this works with the "xev" program.
 
-When using XFree86, the /etc/XF86Config file should have the correct entry for
-your mouse.  For FreeBSD, this entry works for a Logitech scrollmouse: >
-    Protocol     "MouseMan"
-    Device       "/dev/psm0"
-    ZAxisMapping 4 5
-See the XFree86 documentation for information.
-
 						*<MouseDown>* *<MouseUp>*
 The keys <MouseDown> and <MouseUp> have been deprecated.  Use <ScrollWheelUp>
 instead of <MouseDown> and use <ScrollWheelDown> instead of <MouseUp>.

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -75,12 +75,8 @@ DEFINING A SIGN.			*:sign-define* *E255* *E160* *E612*
 		Define the file name where the bitmap can be found.  Should be
 		a full path.  The bitmap should fit in the place of two
 		characters.  This is not checked.  If the bitmap is too big it
-		will cause redraw problems.  Only GTK 2 can scale the bitmap
-		to fit the space available.
+		will cause redraw problems.
 			toolkit		supports ~
-			GTK 1		pixmap (.xpm)
-			GTK 2		many
-			Motif		pixmap (.xpm)
 			Win32		.bmp, .ico, .cur
 					pixmap (.xpm) |+xpm_w32|
 

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -35,9 +35,7 @@ Vim only checks words for spelling, there is no grammar check.
 If the 'mousemodel' option is set to "popup" and the cursor is on a badly
 spelled word or it is "popup_setpos" and the mouse pointer is on a badly
 spelled word, then the popup menu will contain a submenu to replace the bad
-word.  Note: this slows down the appearance of the popup menu.  Note for GTK:
-don't release the right mouse button until the menu appears, otherwise it
-won't work.
+word.  Note: this slows down the appearance of the popup menu.
 
 To search for the next misspelled word:
 

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 
 1. Set the 'shell' and 'term' option		*SHELL* *COMSPEC* *TERM*
 	The environment variable SHELL, if it exists, is used to set the
-	'shell' option.  On MS-DOS and Win32, the COMSPEC variable is used
+	'shell' option.  On Windows, the COMSPEC variable is used
 	if SHELL is not set.
 	The environment variable TERM, if it exists, is used to set the 'term'
 	option.  However, 'term' will change later when starting the GUI (step
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ sessions.  Put it in a place so that it will be found by 3b:
 Local setup:
 Put all commands that you need for editing a specific directory only into a
 vimrc file and place it in that directory under the name ".nvimrc" ("_nvimrc"
-for MS-DOS and Win32).  NOTE: To make Vim look for these special files you
+for Windows).  NOTE: To make Vim look for these special files you
 have to turn on the option 'exrc'.  See |trojan-horse| too.
 
 System setup:
@@ -516,10 +516,9 @@ interfere with Vi, then use the variable VIMINIT and the file init.vim
 instead.
 
 MS-DOS line separators:
-On MS-DOS-like systems (MS-DOS itself and Win32), Vim assumes that all
-the vimrc files have <CR> <NL> pairs as line separators.  This will give
-problems if you have a file with only <NL>s and have a line like
-":map xx yy^M".  The trailing ^M will be ignored.
+On Windows systems Vim assumes that all the vimrc files have <CR> <NL> pairs
+as line separators.  This will give problems if you have a file with only
+<NL>s and have a line like ":map xx yy^M".  The trailing ^M will be ignored.
 
 The $MYVIMRC or $MYGVIMRC file will be set to the first found vimrc and/or
 gvimrc file.
@@ -947,7 +946,7 @@ about to abandon with ":bdel", use ":wsh".  The '[' and ']' marks are not
 stored, but the '"' mark is.  The '"' mark is very useful for jumping to the
 cursor position when the file was last exited.  No marks are saved for files
 that start with any string given with the "r" flag in 'shada'.  This can be
-used to avoid saving marks for files on removable media (for MS-DOS you would
+used to avoid saving marks for files on removable media (for Windows you would
 use "ra:,rb:".
 The |v:oldfiles| variable is filled with the file names that the ShaDa file
 has marks for.

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 07
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -71,10 +71,10 @@ with: >
 For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
 For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
 
-NOTE: The syntax files on MS-DOS and Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
-The files for Unix end in <NL>.  This means you should use the right type of
-file for your system.  Although on MS-DOS and Windows the right format is
-automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
+NOTE: The syntax files on Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.  The files
+for Unix end in <NL>.  This means you should use the right type of file for
+your system.  Although on Windows the right format is automatically selected
+if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
 
 NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
 of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
@@ -206,7 +206,8 @@ thing.  These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
 A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
 
 The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
-and the underscore.  As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*"
+and the underscore.  As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*".  However, Vim does not give
+an error when using other characters.
 
 To be able to allow each user to pick his favorite set of colors, there must
 be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
@@ -1130,6 +1131,8 @@ there are very long lines in the file.  To disable translations: >
 
 	:let diff_translations = 0
 
+Also see |diff-slow|.
+
 
 DIRCOLORS			       *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
 
@@ -3304,6 +3307,32 @@ must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
 It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
 	:set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
 
+
+YAML						*yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
+
+					*g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
+A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving 
+non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on 
+plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string 
+and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point, 
+integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values 
+will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
+
+Schema		Description ~
+failsafe	No additional highlighting.
+json		Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
+core		Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
+pyyaml		In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps, 
+		but there are some differences in what is recognized as 
+		numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core 
+		schema.
+
+Default schema is `core`.
+
+Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the 
+only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only 
+difference defined in the syntax file.
+
 ==============================================================================
 5. Defining a syntax					*:syn-define* *E410*
 
@@ -4236,7 +4265,7 @@ If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
 for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
 adding "minlines").  This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
 slow machine.  Example: >
-   :syntax sync ccomment maxlines=500
+   :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
 <
 						*:syn-sync-linebreaks*
 When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
@@ -4504,7 +4533,7 @@ mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 					*highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
 There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
 term	a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
-cterm	a color terminal (MS-DOS console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
+cterm	a color terminal (Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
 	termcap entry)
 gui	the GUI
 
@@ -4629,6 +4658,8 @@ ctermbg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermbg*
 	Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
 	colors!
 
+	You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
+
 							*:hi-normal-cterm*
 	When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
 	these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
@@ -4650,7 +4681,7 @@ ctermbg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermbg*
 							*E419* *E420*
 	When Vim knows the normal foreground and background colors, "fg" and
 	"bg" can be used as color names.  This only works after setting the
-	colors for the Normal group and for the MS-DOS console.  Example, for
+	colors for the Normal group and for the Windows console.  Example, for
 	reverse video: >
 	    :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
 <	Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
@@ -4676,7 +4707,7 @@ font={font-name}					*highlight-font*
 	When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
 	font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
 	used).
-	The following only works with Motif and Athena, not with other GUIs:
+	The following only works with Motif not with other GUIs:
 	When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
 	When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
 	changed.
@@ -4864,11 +4895,6 @@ Menu		Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
 		Also used for the toolbar.
 		Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
 
-		NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
-		specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
-		empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
-		set.
-
 							*hl-Scrollbar*
 Scrollbar	Current background and foreground of the main window's
 		scrollbars.
@@ -4878,11 +4904,6 @@ Scrollbar	Current background and foreground of the main window's
 Tooltip		Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
 		Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
 
-		NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
-		specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
-		empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
-		set.
-
 ==============================================================================
 13. Linking groups		*:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
 

runtime/doc/tabpage.txt

@@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ A double click with the mouse in the non-GUI tab pages line opens a new, empty
 tab page.  It is placed left of the position of the click.  The first click
 may select another tab page first, causing an extra screen update.
 
-This also works in a few GUI versions, esp. Win32 and Motif.  But only when
-clicking right of the labels.
+This also works in a few GUI versions, esp. Win32.  But only when clicking
+right of the labels.
 
 In the GUI tab pages line you can use the right mouse button to open menu.
 |tabline-menu|.
@@ -197,22 +197,29 @@ REORDERING TAB PAGES:
 		Move the current tab page to after tab page N.  Use zero to
 		make the current tab page the first one.  Without N the tab
 		page is made the last one. >
+		    :.tabmove   " do nothing
 		    :-tabmove   " move the tab page to the left
-		    :tabmove    " move the tab page to the right
-		    :.tabmove   " as above
-		    :+tabmove   " as above
+		    :+tabmove   " move the tab page to the right
 		    :0tabmove   " move the tab page to the beginning  of the tab
 				" list
-		    :$tabmove   " move the tab page to the end of the tab list
-<
+		    :tabmove 0	" as above
+		    :tabmove	" move the tab page to the last
+		    :$tabmove	" as above
+		    :tabmove $	" as above
+
 :tabm[ove] +[N]
 :tabm[ove] -[N]
 		Move the current tab page N places to the right (with +) or to
-		the left (with -).
+		the left (with -). >
+		    :tabmove -	" move the tab page to the left
+		    :tabmove -1	" as above
+		    :tabmove +	" move the tab page to the right
+		    :tabmove +1	" as above
+
 
 Note that although it is possible to move a tab behind the N-th one by using
-:Ntabmove, it is impossible to move it by N places by using :+Ntabmove. For
-clarification what +N means in this context see |[range]|.
+:Ntabmove. And move it by N places by using :+Ntabmove. For clarification what
++N means in this context see |[range]|.
 
 
 LOOPING OVER TAB PAGES:
@@ -234,7 +241,8 @@ LOOPING OVER TAB PAGES:
 		current tab page.
 		{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
 		{cmd} must not open or close tab pages or reorder them.
-		Also see |:windo|, |:argdo| and |:bufdo|.
+		Also see |:windo|, |:argdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|, |:cfdo|
+		and |:lfdo|.
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Other items						*tab-page-other*

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 13
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Feb 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ adjust the various t_ codes.  This avoids the problem that the xterm can
 produce different codes, depending on the mode it is in (8-bit, VT102,
 VT220, etc.).  The result is that codes like <xF1> are no longer needed.
 Note: This is only done on startup.  If the xterm options are changed after
-Vim has started, the escape sequences may not be recognized any more.
+Vim has started, the escape sequences may not be recognized anymore.
 
 							*xterm-resize*
 Window resizing with xterm only works if the allowWindowOps resource is
@@ -425,11 +425,9 @@ cleared when scrolling).
 Unfortunately it is not possible to deduce from the termcap how cursor
 positioning should be done when using a scrolling region: Relative to the
 beginning of the screen or relative to the beginning of the scrolling region.
-Most terminals use the first method.  A known exception is the MS-DOS console
-(pcterm).  The 't_CS' option should be set to any string when cursor
-positioning is relative to the start of the scrolling region.  It should be
-set to an empty string otherwise.  It defaults to "yes" when 'term' is
-"pcterm".
+Most terminals use the first method.  The 't_CS' option should be set to any
+string when cursor positioning is relative to the start of the scrolling
+region.  It should be set to an empty string otherwise.
 
 Note for xterm users: The shifted cursor keys normally don't work.  You can
 	make them work with the xmodmap command and some mappings in Vim.
@@ -672,10 +670,9 @@ border, the text is scrolled.
 A selection can be started by pressing the left mouse button on the first
 character, moving the mouse to the last character, then releasing the mouse
 button.  You will not always see the selection until you release the button,
-only in some versions (GUI, MS-DOS, WIN32) will the dragging be shown
-immediately.  Note that you can make the text scroll by moving the mouse at
-least one character in the first/last line in the window when 'scrolloff' is
-non-zero.
+only in some versions (GUI, Windows) will the dragging be shown immediately.
+Note that you can make the text scroll by moving the mouse at least one
+character in the first/last line in the window when 'scrolloff' is non-zero.
 
 In Normal, Visual and Select mode clicking the right mouse button causes the
 Visual area to be extended.  When 'mousemodel' is "popup", the left button has
@@ -689,9 +686,9 @@ work on systems where the window manager consumes the mouse events when the
 alt key is pressed (it may move the window).
 
 							*double-click*
-Double, triple and quadruple clicks are supported when the GUI is active,
-for MS-DOS and Win32, and for an xterm (if the gettimeofday() function is
-available).  For selecting text, extra clicks extend the selection:
+Double, triple and quadruple clicks are supported when the GUI is active, for
+Windows and for an xterm.  For selecting text, extra clicks extend the
+selection:
 	click		select ~
 	double		word or % match		*<2-LeftMouse>*
 	triple		line			*<3-LeftMouse>*

runtime/doc/uganda.txt

@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ child, you should have the intention to do this for at least one year.
 
 How do you know that the money will be spent right?  First of all you have my
 personal guarantee as the author of Vim.  I trust the people that are working
-at the centre, I know them personally.  Further more, the centre has been
+at the centre, I know them personally.  Furthermore, the centre has been
 co-sponsored and inspected by World Vision, Save the Children Fund and is now
 under the supervision of Pacific Academy Outreach Society.  The centre is
 visited about once a year to check the progress (at our own cost).  I have

runtime/doc/usr_02.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_02.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*usr_02.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Apr 12
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -29,11 +29,10 @@ To start Vim, enter this command: >
 
 	gvim file.txt
 
-In UNIX you can type this at any command prompt.  If you are running Microsoft
-Windows, open an MS-DOS prompt window and enter the command.
-   In either case, Vim starts editing a file called file.txt.  Because this
-is a new file, you get a blank window. This is what your screen will look
-like:
+On Unix you can type this at any command prompt.  If you are running Windows,
+open a command prompt window and enter the command.  In either case, Vim
+starts editing a file called file.txt.  Because this is a new file, you get a
+blank window. This is what your screen will look like:
 
 	+---------------------------------------+
 	|#					|
@@ -61,10 +60,9 @@ use this command: >
 
 the editing occurs inside your command window.  In other words, if you are
 running inside an xterm, the editor uses your xterm window.  If you are using
-an MS-DOS command prompt window under Microsoft Windows, the editing occurs
-inside this window.  The text in the window will look the same for both
-versions, but with gvim you have extra features, like a menu bar.  More about
-that later.
+the command prompt under Microsoft Windows, the editing occurs inside this
+window.  The text in the window will look the same for both versions, but with
+gvim you have extra features, like a menu bar.  More about that later.
 
 ==============================================================================
 *02.2*	Inserting text
@@ -80,7 +78,7 @@ mistakes; you can correct them later.  To enter the following programmer's
 limerick, this is what you type: >
 
 	iA very intelligent turtle
-	Found programming UNIX a hurdle
+	Found programming Unix a hurdle
 
 After typing "turtle" you press the <Enter> key to start a new line.  Finally
 you press the <Esc> key to stop Insert mode and go back to Normal mode.  You
@@ -88,7 +86,7 @@ now have two lines of text in your Vim window:
 
 	+---------------------------------------+
 	|A very intelligent turtle		|
-	|Found programming UNIX a hurdle	|
+	|Found programming Unix a hurdle	|
 	|~					|
 	|~					|
 	|					|
@@ -110,7 +108,7 @@ of the window.  This indicates you are in Insert mode.
 
 	+---------------------------------------+
 	|A very intelligent turtle		|
-	|Found programming UNIX a hurdle	|
+	|Found programming Unix a hurdle	|
 	|~					|
 	|~					|
 	|-- INSERT --				|
@@ -187,7 +185,7 @@ look like this:
 
 	+---------------------------------------+
 	|intelligent turtle			|
-	|Found programming UNIX a hurdle	|
+	|Found programming Unix a hurdle	|
 	|~					|
 	|~					|
 	|					|
@@ -202,7 +200,7 @@ insert mode (the final <Esc>).	The result:
 
 	+---------------------------------------+
 	|A young intelligent turtle		|
-	|Found programming UNIX a hurdle	|
+	|Found programming Unix a hurdle	|
 	|~					|
 	|~					|
 	|					|
@@ -215,7 +213,7 @@ To delete a whole line use the "dd" command.  The following line will
 then move up to fill the gap:
 
 	+---------------------------------------+
-	|Found programming UNIX a hurdle	|
+	|Found programming Unix a hurdle	|
 	|~					|
 	|~					|
 	|~					|
@@ -332,7 +330,7 @@ Insert mode.  Then you can type the text for the new line.
    Suppose the cursor is somewhere in the first of these two lines:
 
 	A very intelligent turtle ~
-	Found programming UNIX a hurdle ~
+	Found programming Unix a hurdle ~
 
 If you now use the "o" command and type new text: >
 
@@ -342,7 +340,7 @@ The result is:
 
 	A very intelligent turtle ~
 	That liked using Vim ~
-	Found programming UNIX a hurdle ~
+	Found programming Unix a hurdle ~
 
 The "O" command (uppercase) opens a line above the cursor.
 
@@ -518,9 +516,11 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
 	:help subject()
 <		Function "subject". >
 	:help -subject
-<		Command-line option "-subject". >
+<		Command-line argument "-subject". >
 	:help +subject
 <		Compile-time feature "+subject". >
+	:help /*
+<		Regular expression item "*" >
 	:help EventName
 <		Autocommand event "EventName". >
 	:help digraphs.txt

runtime/doc/usr_03.txt

@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ MATCHING ANY SINGLE CHARACTER
 
 The . (dot) character matches any existing character.  For example, the
 pattern "c.m" matches a string whose first character is a c, whose second
-character is anything, and whose the third character is m.  Example:
+character is anything, and whose third character is m.  Example:
 
 	We use a computer that became the cummin winter. ~
 		 xxx		 xxx	  xxx

runtime/doc/usr_05.txt

@@ -285,7 +285,6 @@ Where can you find plugins?
 - You could write one yourself, see |write-plugin|.
 
 Some plugins come as a vimball archive, see |vimball|.
-Some plugins can be updated automatically, see |getscript|.
 
 
 USING A GLOBAL PLUGIN

runtime/doc/usr_09.txt

@@ -134,10 +134,10 @@ The following command makes the mouse work like a Microsoft Windows mouse: >
 
 	:behave mswin
 
-The default behavior of the mouse on UNIX systems is xterm.  The default
-behavior on a Microsoft Windows system is selected during the installation
-process.  For details about what the two behaviors are, see |:behave|.  Here
-follows a summary.
+The default behavior of the mouse on Unix systems is xterm.  The default
+behavior on Windows systems is selected during the installation process.  For
+details about what the two behaviors are, see |:behave|.  Here follows a
+summary.
 
 
 XTERM MOUSE BEHAVIOR

runtime/doc/usr_10.txt

@@ -698,10 +698,10 @@ still be something that an external command can do better or faster.
 through an external program.  In other words, it runs the system command
 represented by {program}, giving it the block of text represented by {motion}
 as input.  The output of this command then replaces the selected block.
-   Because this summarizes badly if you are unfamiliar with UNIX filters, take
+   Because this summarizes badly if you are unfamiliar with Unix filters, take
 a look at an example.  The sort command sorts a file.  If you execute the
 following command, the unsorted file input.txt will be sorted and written to
-output.txt.  (This works on both UNIX and Microsoft Windows.) >
+output.txt.  This works on both Unix and Windows. >
 
 	sort <input.txt >output.txt
 

runtime/doc/usr_11.txt

@@ -293,7 +293,6 @@ If you really don't want to see this message, you can add the 'A' flag to the
 'updatecount'	Number of key strokes after which the swap file is flushed to
 		disk.
 'updatetime'	Timeout after which the swap file is flushed to disk.
-'swapsync'	Whether the disk is synced when the swap file is flushed.
 'directory'	List of directory names where to store the swap file.
 'maxmem'	Limit for memory usage before writing text to the swap file.
 'maxmemtot'	Same, but for all files in total.

runtime/doc/usr_12.txt

@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ matches can be found.
 ==============================================================================
 *12.8*	Find where a word is used
 
-If you are a UNIX user, you can use a combination of Vim and the grep command
+If you are a Unix user, you can use a combination of Vim and the grep command
 to edit all the files that contain a given word.  This is extremely useful if
 you are working on a program and want to view or edit all the files that
 contain a specific variable.
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ will only list the files containing the word and not print the matching lines.
 The word it is searching for is "frame_counter".  Actually, this can be any
 regular expression.  (Note: What grep uses for regular expressions is not
 exactly the same as what Vim uses.)
-   The entire command is enclosed in backticks (`).  This tells the UNIX shell
+   The entire command is enclosed in backticks (`).  This tells the Unix shell
 to run this command and pretend that the results were typed on the command
 line.  So what happens is that the grep command is run and produces a list of
 files, these files are put on the Vim command line.  This results in Vim

runtime/doc/usr_21.txt

@@ -70,9 +70,7 @@ difference.  Without it executes the program normally, with the range a number
 of text lines is filtered through the program.
 
 Executing a whole row of programs this way is possible.  But a shell is much
-better at it.  You can start a new shell this way: >
-
-	:shell
+better at it.  You can start a new shell with |:terminal|.
 
 This is similar to using CTRL-Z to suspend Vim.  The difference is that a new
 shell is started.

runtime/doc/usr_23.txt

@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Back in the early days, the old Teletype machines used two characters to
 start a new line.  One to move the carriage back to the first position
 (carriage return, <CR>), another to move the paper up (line feed, <LF>).
    When computers came out, storage was expensive.  Some people decided that
-they did not need two characters for end-of-line.  The UNIX people decided
+they did not need two characters for end-of-line.  The Unix people decided
 they could use <Line Feed> only for end-of-line.  The Apple people
 standardized on <CR>.  The MS-DOS (and Microsoft Windows) folks decided to
 keep the old <CR><LF>.
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ have line-break problems.  The Vim editor automatically recognizes the
 different file formats and handles things properly behind your back.
    The option 'fileformats' contains the various formats that will be tried
 when a new file is edited.  The following command, for example, tells Vim to
-try UNIX format first and MS-DOS format second: >
+try Unix format first and MS-DOS format second: >
 
 	:set fileformats=unix,dos
 
@@ -97,12 +97,12 @@ CONVERSION
 
 You can use the 'fileformat' option to convert from one file format to
 another.  Suppose, for example, that you have an MS-DOS file named README.TXT
-that you want to convert to UNIX format.  Start by editing the MS-DOS format
+that you want to convert to Unix format.  Start by editing the MS-DOS format
 file: >
 	vim README.TXT
 
 Vim will recognize this as a dos format file.  Now change the file format to
-UNIX: >
+Unix: >
 
 	:set fileformat=unix
 	:write

runtime/doc/usr_24.txt

@@ -563,9 +563,9 @@ that combination.  Thus CTRL-K dP also works.  Since there is no digraph for
 "dP" Vim will also search for a "Pd" digraph.
 
 	Note:
-	The digraphs depend on the character set that Vim assumes you are
-	using.  On MS-DOS they are different from MS-Windows.  Always use
-	":digraphs" to find out which digraphs are currently available.
+	The digraphs depend on the character set that Vim assumes you
+	are using.  Always use ":digraphs" to find out which digraphs are
+	currently available.
 
 You can define your own digraphs.  Example: >
 

runtime/doc/usr_27.txt

@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ matter if 'ignorecase' or 'smartcase' was changed.
 
 	Note:
 	If your search takes much longer than you expected, you can interrupt
-	it with CTRL-C on Unix and  CTRL-Break on MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
+	it with CTRL-C on Unix and CTRL-Break on Windows.
 
 ==============================================================================
 *27.2*	Wrapping around the file end

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 16
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Nov 30
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -888,6 +888,11 @@ Mappings:				    *mapping-functions*
 	maparg()		get rhs of a mapping
 	wildmenumode()		check if the wildmode is active
 
+Testing:				    *test-functions*
+	assert_equal()       	assert that two expressions values are equal
+	assert_false()		assert that an expression is false
+	assert_true()		assert that an expression is true
+
 Various:					*various-functions*
 	mode()			get current editing mode
 	visualmode()		last visual mode used
@@ -1494,8 +1499,8 @@ Here is a summary of items that apply to Vim scripts.  They are also mentioned
 elsewhere, but form a nice checklist.
 
 The end-of-line character depends on the system.  For Unix a single <NL>
-character is used.  For MS-DOS, Windows and the like, <CR><LF> is used.
-This is important when using mappings that end in a <CR>.  See |:source_crnl|.
+character is used.  For Windows <CR><LF> is used.  This is important when
+using mappings that end in a <CR>.  See |:source_crnl|.
 
 
 WHITE SPACE
@@ -2465,8 +2470,6 @@ utility is recommended.
 For utmost portability use Vim itself to pack scripts together.  This can be
 done with the Vimball utility.  See |vimball|.
 
-It's good if you add a line to allow automatic updating.  See |glvs-plugins|.
-
 ==============================================================================
 
 Next chapter: |usr_42.txt|  Add new menus

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -272,19 +272,15 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 :!!			Repeat last ":!{cmd}".
 
 							*:ve* *:version*
-:ve[rsion]		Print the version number of the editor.  If the
-			compiler used understands "__DATE__" the compilation
-			date is mentioned.  Otherwise a fixed release-date is
-			shown.
-			The following lines contain information about which
-			features were enabled when Vim was compiled.  When
-			there is a preceding '+', the feature is included,
-			when there is a '-' it is excluded.  To change this,
-			you have to edit feature.h and recompile Vim.
-			To check for this in an expression, see |has()|.
-			Here is an overview of the features.
-			The first column shows the smallest version in which
-			they are included:
+:ve[rsion]		Print the version number of the editor.  The following
+			lines contain information about which features were
+			enabled when Vim was compiled.  When there is a
+			preceding '+', the feature is included, when there is
+			a '-' it is excluded.  To change this, you have to
+			edit feature.h and recompile Vim.  To check for this
+			in an expression, see |has()|.  Here is an overview of
+			the features.  The first column shows the smallest
+			version in which they are included:
 			   T	tiny
 			   S	small
 			   N	normal
@@ -299,9 +295,6 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
    *+acl*		|ACL| support included
 B  *+arabic*		|Arabic| language support
 N  *+autocmd*		|:autocmd|, automatic commands
-m  *+balloon_eval*	|balloon-eval| support. Included when compiling with
-			supported GUI (Motif, GTK, GUI) and either
-			Netbeans/Sun Workshop integration or |+eval| feature.
 N  *+browse*		|:browse| command
 N  *+byte_offset*	support for 'o' flag in 'statusline' option, "go"
 			and ":goto" commands.
@@ -321,7 +314,6 @@ N  *+dialog_gui*	Support for |:confirm| with GUI dialog.
 N  *+dialog_con*	Support for |:confirm| with console dialog.
 N  *+dialog_con_gui*	Support for |:confirm| with GUI and console dialog.
 N  *+digraphs*		|digraphs| *E196*
-   *+dnd*		Support for DnD into the "~ register |quote_~|.
 N  *+eval*		expression evaluation |eval.txt|
 N  *+ex_extra*		Vim's extra Ex commands: |:center|, |:left|,
 			|:normal|, |:retab| and |:right|
@@ -331,12 +323,7 @@ N  *+file_in_path*	|gf|, |CTRL-W_f| and |<cfile>|
 N  *+find_in_path*	include file searches: |[I|, |:isearch|,
 			|CTRL-W_CTRL-I|, |:checkpath|, etc.
 N  *+folding*		|folding|
-   *+footer*		|gui-footer|
 N  *+gettext*		message translations |multi-lang|
-   *+GUI_Athena*	Unix only: Athena |GUI|
-   *+GUI_neXtaw*	Unix only: neXtaw |GUI|
-   *+GUI_GTK*		Unix only: GTK+ |GUI|
-   *+GUI_Motif*		Unix only: Motif |GUI|
    *+iconv*		Compiled with the |iconv()| function
    *+iconv/dyn*		Likewise |iconv-dynamic| |/dyn|
 N  *+insert_expand*	|insert_expand| Insert mode completion
@@ -376,6 +363,7 @@ N  *+startuptime*	|--startuptime| argument
 N  *+statusline*	Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
 			formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'
 N  *+syntax*		Syntax highlighting |syntax|
+N  *+tablineat*		'tabline' option recognizing %@Func@ items.
 N  *+tag_binary*	binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search|
 N  *+tag_old_static*	old method for static tags |tag-old-static|
 m  *+tag_any_white*	any white space allowed in tags file |tag-any-white|
@@ -576,17 +564,11 @@ which it was defined is reported.
 			     :5sleep	     "sleep for five seconds
 			     :sleep 100m     "sleep for a hundred milliseconds
 			     10gs	     "sleep for ten seconds
-<			Can be interrupted with CTRL-C (CTRL-Break on MS-DOS).
+<			Can be interrupted with CTRL-C (CTRL-Break on Windows).
 			"gs" stands for "goto sleep".
 			While sleeping the cursor is positioned in the text,
 			if at a visible position.
 
-
-							*g_CTRL-A*
-g CTRL-A		Only when Vim was compiled with MEM_PROFILING defined
-			(which is very rare): print memory usage statistics.
-			Only useful for debugging Vim.
-
 ==============================================================================
 2. Using Vim like less or more					*less*
 

runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt

@@ -44,8 +44,7 @@ Memory usage limits
 
 The option 'maxmem' ('mm') is used to set the maximum memory used for one
 buffer (in kilobytes).  'maxmemtot' is used to set the maximum memory used for
-all buffers (in kilobytes).  The defaults depend on the system used.  For
-MS-DOS, 'maxmemtot' is set depending on the amount of memory available.
+all buffers (in kilobytes).  The defaults depend on the system used.
 These are not hard limits, but tell Vim when to move text into a swap file.
 If you don't like Vim to swap to a file, set 'maxmem' and 'maxmemtot' to a
 very large value.  The swap file will then only be used for recovery.  If you
@@ -57,15 +56,9 @@ argument when starting Vim.
 
 Support for different systems.
 	Vim can be used on:
-	- All Unix systems (it works on all systems it was tested on, although
-	  the GUI and Perl interface may not work everywhere).
-	- MS-DOS in real-mode (no additional drivers required).
-	- In protected mode on Windows 3.1 and MS-DOS (DPMI driver required).
-	- Windows 95 and Windows NT, with support for long file names.
-	- Macintosh
-	Note that on some systems features need to be disabled to reduce
-	resource usage, esp. on MS-DOS.  For some outdated systems you need to
-	use an older Vim version.
+	- Modern Unix systems (*BSD, Linux, etc.)
+	- Windows (XP SP 2 or greater)
+	- OS X
 
 Multi level undo.					|undo|
 	'u' goes backward in time, 'CTRL-R' goes forward again.  Set option
@@ -83,8 +76,7 @@ Graphical User Interface (GUI).				|gui|
 	Included support for GUI: menu's, mouse, scrollbars, etc.  You can
 	define your own menus.  Better support for CTRL/SHIFT/ALT keys in
 	combination with special keys and mouse.  Supported for various
-	platforms, such as X11 (with Motif and Athena interfaces), GTK, Win32
-	(Windows 95 and later), and Macintosh.
+	platforms such as Win32.
 
 Multiple windows and buffers.				|windows.txt|
 	Vim can split the screen into several windows, each editing a
@@ -347,9 +339,8 @@ Printing.						|printing|
 
 Mouse support.						|mouse-using|
 	The mouse is supported in the GUI version, in an xterm for Unix, for
-	BSDs with sysmouse, for Linux with gpm, for MS-DOS, and Win32.  It
-	can be used to position the cursor, select the visual area, paste a
-	register, etc.
+	BSDs with sysmouse, for Linux with gpm, and for Win32.  It can be used
+	to position the cursor, select the visual area, paste a register, etc.
 
 Usage of key names.					|<>| |key-notation|
 	Special keys now all have a name like <Up>, <End>, etc.

runtime/doc/vim_diff.txt

@@ -199,9 +199,14 @@ Other options:
   'cpoptions' ('g', 'w', 'H', '*', '-', 'j', and all POSIX flags were removed)
   'guioptions' (only the 't' flag was removed)
   'guipty'
+  'imactivatefunc'
+  'imactivatekey'
+  'imstatusfunc'
   'macatsui'
+  'restorescreen'
   'shelltype'
   'shortname'
+  'swapsync'
   'termencoding' (Vim 7.4.852 also removed this for Windows)
   'textauto'
   'textmode'
@@ -214,6 +219,7 @@ Other options:
 Other commands:
   :Print
   :fixdel
+  :helpfind
   :mode (no longer accepts an argument)
   :open
   :shell

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Dec 05
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 31
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -681,7 +681,6 @@ can also get to them with the buffer list commands, like ":bnext".
 		When using the |:tab| modifier each argument is opened in a
 		tab page.  The last window is used if it's empty.
 		Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
-		{only available when compiled with a GUI}
 
 ==============================================================================
 8. Do a command in all buffers or windows			*list-repeat*
@@ -702,7 +701,8 @@ can also get to them with the buffer list commands, like ":bnext".
 			the current window.
 			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
 			{cmd} must not open or close windows or reorder them.
-			Also see |:tabdo|, |:argdo| and |:bufdo|.
+			Also see |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|,
+			|:cfdo| and |:lfdo|.
 
 							*:bufdo*
 :[range]bufdo[!] {cmd}	Execute {cmd} in each buffer in the buffer list or if
@@ -728,7 +728,8 @@ can also get to them with the buffer list commands, like ":bnext".
 			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
 			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
 			each buffer.
-			Also see |:tabdo|, |:argdo| and |:windo|.
+			Also see |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|,
+			|:cfdo| and |:lfdo|.
 
 Examples: >
 
@@ -984,8 +985,8 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		(the term "unlisted" is a bit confusing then...).
 
 		Each buffer has a unique number.  That number will not change,
-		so you can always go to a specific buffer with ":buffer N" or
-		"N CTRL-^", where N is the buffer number.
+		thus you can always go to a specific buffer with ":buffer N"
+		or "N CTRL-^", where N is the buffer number.
 
 		Indicators (chars in the same column are mutually exclusive):
 		u	an unlisted buffer (only displayed when [!] is used)

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2015 Jan 07
+" Last Change:	2015 Apr 06
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -1262,8 +1262,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/modules.conf,*/etc/modules,*/etc/conf.modules setf m
 " Mplayer config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead mplayer.conf,*/.mplayer/config	setf mplayerconf
 
-" Moterola S record
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.s19,*.s28,*.s37		setf srec
+" Motorola S record
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.s19,*.s28,*.s37,*.mot,*.srec	setf srec
 
 " Mrxvtrc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead mrxvtrc,.mrxvtrc		setf mrxvtrc
@@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mush			setf mush
 au BufNewFile,BufRead Mutt{ng,}rc		setf muttrc
 
 " Nano
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/nanorc,.nanorc	setf nanorc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/nanorc,*.nanorc  	setf nanorc
 
 " Nastran input/DMAP
 "au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dat			setf nastran
@@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ else
   au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pl			call s:FTpl()
 endif
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.plx,*.al		setf perl
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.p6,*.pm6		setf perl6
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.p6,*.pm6,*.pl6	setf perl6
 
 func! s:FTpl()
   if exists("g:filetype_pl")
@@ -1422,6 +1422,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pm
 
 " Perl POD
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pod			setf pod
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pod6		setf pod6
 
 " Php, php3, php4, etc.
 " Also Phtml (was used for PHP 2 in the past)
@@ -2032,6 +2033,10 @@ func! s:FTRules()
     setf conf  " Better than hog
     return
   endif
+  if path =~ '^/\(etc\|usr/share\)/polkit-1/rules\.d'
+    setf javascript
+    return
+  endif
   try
     let config_lines = readfile('/etc/udev/udev.conf')
   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E484/

runtime/ftplugin/j.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	J
 " Maintainer:	David Bürgin <676c7473@gmail.com>
 " URL:		https://github.com/glts/vim-j
-" Last Change:	2014-04-05
+" Last Change:	2015-03-27
 
 if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
   finish
@@ -16,39 +16,38 @@ setlocal iskeyword=48-57,A-Z,_,a-z
 setlocal comments=:NB.
 setlocal commentstring=NB.\ %s
 setlocal formatoptions-=t
-setlocal shiftwidth=2 softtabstop=2 expandtab
 setlocal matchpairs=(:)
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal matchpairs< expandtab< softtabstop< shiftwidth< formatoptions< commentstring< comments< iskeyword<'
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal matchpairs< formatoptions< commentstring< comments< iskeyword<'
 
 " Section movement with ]] ][ [[ []. The start/end patterns below are amended
 " inside the function in order to avoid matching on the current cursor line.
-let s:sectionstart = '.\{-}\<\%([0-4]\|13\|noun\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\>.*'
+let s:sectionstart = '\%(\s*Note\|.\{-}\<\%([0-4]\|13\|noun\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\)\>.*'
 let s:sectionend = '\s*)\s*'
 
 function! s:SearchSection(end, backwards, visualmode) abort
   if a:visualmode !=# ''
     normal! gv
   endif
-  let flags = a:backwards ? 'bsW' : 'sW'
+  let l:flags = a:backwards ? 'bsW' : 'sW'
   if a:end
-    call search('^' . s:sectionend . (a:backwards ? '\n\_.\{-}\%#' : '$'), flags)
+    call search('^' . s:sectionend . (a:backwards ? '\n\_.\{-}\%#' : '$'), l:flags)
   else
-    call search('^' . s:sectionstart . (a:backwards ? '\n\_.\{-}\%#' : '$'), flags)
+    call search('^' . s:sectionstart . (a:backwards ? '\n\_.\{-}\%#' : '$'), l:flags)
   endif
 endfunction
 
-noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 0, '')<CR>
-xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 0, visualmode())<CR>
+noremap <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 0, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 0, visualmode())<CR>
 sunmap <buffer> ]]
-noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 0, '')<CR>
-xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 0, visualmode())<CR>
+noremap <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 0, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 0, visualmode())<CR>
 sunmap <buffer> ][
-noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 1, '')<CR>
-xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 1, visualmode())<CR>
+noremap <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 1, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 1, visualmode())<CR>
 sunmap <buffer> [[
-noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 1, '')<CR>
-xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 1, visualmode())<CR>
+noremap <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 1, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 1, visualmode())<CR>
 sunmap <buffer> []
 
 let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | silent! execute "unmap <buffer> ]]"'
@@ -66,7 +65,7 @@ endif
 " Enhanced "%" matching (see ":help matchit")
 if exists('loaded_matchit') && !exists('b:match_words')
   let b:match_ignorecase = 0
-  let b:match_words = '^.\{-}\<\%([0-4]\|13\|noun\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(\:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\>:^\s*\:\s*$:^\s*)\s*$'
+  let b:match_words = '^\%(\s*Note\|.\{-}\<\%([0-4]\|13\|noun\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(\:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\)\>:^\s*\:\s*$:^\s*)\s*$'
                   \ . ',\<\%(for\%(_\a\k*\)\=\|if\|select\|try\|whil\%(e\|st\)\)\.:\<\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|else\%(if\)\=\|fcase\)\.:\<end\.'
   let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_words'
 endif

runtime/ftplugin/spec.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Filename: spec.vim
 " Maintainer: Igor Gnatenko i.gnatenko.brain@gmail.com
 " Former Maintainer: Gustavo Niemeyer <niemeyer@conectiva.com> (until March 2014)
-" Last Change: Sun Mar 2 11:24 MSK 2014 Igor Gnatenko
+" Last Change: Fri Feb 20 16:01 MSK 2014 Igor Gnatenko
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
 	finish
@@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ if !exists("no_plugin_maps") && !exists("no_spec_maps")
 	endif
 endif
 
-noremap <buffer> <unique> <script> <Plug>SpecChangelog :call <SID>SpecChangelog("")<CR>
+if !hasmapto("call <SID>SpecChangelog(\"\")<CR>")
+       noremap <buffer> <unique> <script> <Plug>SpecChangelog :call <SID>SpecChangelog("")<CR>
+endif
 
 if !exists("*s:GetRelVer")
 	function! s:GetRelVer()

runtime/indent/fortran.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,11 @@
 " Vim indent file
-" Language:	Fortran95 (and Fortran90, Fortran77, F and elf90)
-" Version:	0.40
-" Last Change:	2011 Dec. 28
-" Maintainer:	Ajit J. Thakkar <ajit@unb.ca>; <http://www.unb.ca/chem/ajit/>
+" Language:	Fortran 2008 (and earlier versions: 2003, 95, 90, and 77)
+" Version:	0.41
+" Last Change:	2015 Jan. 15
+" Maintainer:	Ajit J. Thakkar <ajit@unb.ca>; <http://www2.unb.ca/~ajit/>
 " Usage:	Do :help fortran-indent from Vim
+" Credits:
+"  Useful suggestions were made by: Albert Oliver Serra.
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -36,8 +38,8 @@ if !exists("b:fortran_fixed_source")
   else
     " f90 and f95 allow both fixed and free source form
     " assume fixed source form unless signs of free source form
-    " are detected in the first five columns of the first 250 lines
-    " Detection becomes more accurate and time-consuming if more lines
+    " are detected in the first five columns of the first s:lmax lines.
+    " Detection becomes more accurate and more time-consuming if more lines
     " are checked. Increase the limit below if you keep lots of comments at
     " the very top of each file and you have a fast computer
     let s:lmax = 500
@@ -129,7 +131,7 @@ function FortranGetIndent(lnum)
   if getline(v:lnum) =~? '^\s*\(\d\+\s\)\=\s*'
         \. '\(else\|else\s*if\|else\s*where\|case\|'
         \. 'end\s*\(if\|where\|select\|interface\|'
-        \. 'type\|forall\|associate\|enum\)\)\>'
+        \. 'type\|forall\|associate\|enum\|block\)\)\>'
     let ind = ind - &sw
     " Fix indent for case statement immediately after select
     if prevstat =~? '\<select\s\+\(case\|type\)\>'
@@ -141,8 +143,11 @@ function FortranGetIndent(lnum)
   if prevstat =~ '&\s*$' && prev2stat !~ '&\s*$'
     let ind = ind + &sw
   endif
+  if prevstat =~ '&\s*$' && prevstat =~ '\<else\s*if\>'
+    let ind = ind - &sw
+  endif
   "Line after last continuation line
-  if prevstat !~ '&\s*$' && prev2stat =~ '&\s*$'
+  if prevstat !~ '&\s*$' && prev2stat =~ '&\s*$' && prevstat !~? '\<then\>'
     let ind = ind - &sw
   endif
 

runtime/indent/html.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Header: "{{{
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar
 " Original Author: Andy Wokula <anwoku@yahoo.de>
-" Last Change:	2014 Aug 23
+" Last Change:	2015 Jun 12
 " Version:	1.0
 " Description:	HTML indent script with cached state for faster indenting on a
 "		range of lines.
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ func! HtmlIndent_CheckUserSettings()
     let autotags = g:html_indent_autotags
   endif
   let b:hi_removed_tags = {}
-  if autotags
+  if len(autotags) > 0
     call s:RemoveITags(b:hi_removed_tags, split(autotags, ","))
   endif
 
@@ -245,6 +245,10 @@ call s:AddITags(s:indent_tags, [
     \ 'header', 'group', 'keygen', 'mark', 'math', 'meter', 'nav', 'output',
     \ 'progress', 'ruby', 'section', 'svg', 'texture', 'time', 'video',
     \ 'wbr', 'text'])
+
+" Tags added for web components:
+call s:AddITags(s:indent_tags, [
+    \ 'content', 'shadow', 'template'])
 "}}}
 
 " Add Block Tags: these contain alien content
@@ -287,7 +291,7 @@ func! s:CountITags(text)
   let s:nextrel = 0  " relative indent steps for next line [unit &sw]:
   let s:block = 0		" assume starting outside of a block
   let s:countonly = 1	" don't change state
-  call substitute(a:text, '<\zs/\=\w\+\>\|<!--\|-->', '\=s:CheckTag(submatch(0))', 'g')
+  call substitute(a:text, '<\zs/\=\w\+\(-\w\+\)*\>\|<!--\|-->', '\=s:CheckTag(submatch(0))', 'g')
   let s:countonly = 0
 endfunc "}}}
 
@@ -299,7 +303,7 @@ func! s:CountTagsAndState(text)
   let s:nextrel = 0  " relative indent steps for next line [unit &sw]:
 
   let s:block = b:hi_newstate.block
-  let tmp = substitute(a:text, '<\zs/\=\w\+\>\|<!--\|-->', '\=s:CheckTag(submatch(0))', 'g')
+  let tmp = substitute(a:text, '<\zs/\=\w\+\(-\w\+\)*\>\|<!--\|-->', '\=s:CheckTag(submatch(0))', 'g')
   if s:block == 3
     let b:hi_newstate.scripttype = s:GetScriptType(matchstr(tmp, '\C.*<SCRIPT\>\zs[^>]*'))
   endif
@@ -311,6 +315,9 @@ func! s:CheckTag(itag)
   "{{{
   " Returns an empty string or "SCRIPT".
   " a:itag can be "tag" or "/tag" or "<!--" or "-->"
+  if (s:CheckCustomTag(a:itag))
+    return ""
+  endif
   let ind = s:get_tag(a:itag)
   if ind == -1
     " closing tag
@@ -365,6 +372,36 @@ func! s:CheckBlockTag(blocktag, ind)
   return ""
 endfunc "}}}
 
+" Used by s:CheckTag().
+func! s:CheckCustomTag(ctag)
+  "{{{
+  " Returns 1 if ctag is the tag for a custom element, 0 otherwise.
+  " a:ctag can be "tag" or "/tag" or "<!--" or "-->"
+  let pattern = '\%\(\w\+-\)\+\w\+'
+  if match(a:ctag, pattern) == -1
+    return 0
+  endif
+  if matchstr(a:ctag, '\/\ze.\+') == "/"
+    " closing tag
+    if s:block != 0
+      " ignore ctag within a block
+      return 1
+    endif
+    if s:nextrel == 0
+      let s:curind -= 1
+    else
+      let s:nextrel -= 1
+    endif
+  else
+    " opening tag
+    if s:block != 0
+      return 1
+    endif
+    let s:nextrel += 1
+  endif
+  return 1
+endfunc "}}}
+
 " Return the <script> type: either "javascript" or ""
 func! s:GetScriptType(str)
   "{{{
@@ -883,7 +920,7 @@ endfunc "}}}
 " THE MAIN INDENT FUNCTION. Return the amount of indent for v:lnum.
 func! HtmlIndent()
   "{{{
-  if prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1) <= 1
+  if prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1) < 1
     " First non-blank line has no indent.
     return 0
   endif

runtime/indent/j.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	J
 " Maintainer:	David Bürgin <676c7473@gmail.com>
 " URL:		https://github.com/glts/vim-j
-" Last Change:	2014-04-05
+" Last Change:	2015-01-11
 
 if exists('b:did_indent')
   finish
@@ -26,25 +26,25 @@ if !exists('g:j_indent_definitions')
 endif
 
 function GetJIndent() abort
-  let prevlnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)
-  if prevlnum == 0
+  let l:prevlnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+  if l:prevlnum == 0
     return 0
   endif
-  let indent = indent(prevlnum)
-  let prevline = getline(prevlnum)
-  if prevline =~# '^\s*\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|do\|else\%(if\)\=\|fcase\|for\%(_\a\k*\)\=\|if\|select\|try\|whil\%(e\|st\)\)\.\%(\%(\<end\.\)\@!.\)*$'
+  let l:indent = indent(l:prevlnum)
+  let l:prevline = getline(l:prevlnum)
+  if l:prevline =~# '^\s*\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|do\|else\%(if\)\=\|fcase\|for\%(_\a\k*\)\=\|if\|select\|try\|whil\%(e\|st\)\)\.\%(\%(\<end\.\)\@!.\)*$'
     " Increase indentation after an initial control word that starts or
     " continues a block and is not terminated by "end."
-    let indent += shiftwidth()
-  elseif g:j_indent_definitions && (prevline =~# '\<\%([1-4]\|13\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\>' || prevline =~# '^\s*:\s*$')
+    let l:indent += shiftwidth()
+  elseif g:j_indent_definitions && (l:prevline =~# '\<\%([1-4]\|13\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\>' || l:prevline =~# '^\s*:\s*$')
     " Increase indentation in explicit definitions of adverbs, conjunctions,
     " and verbs
-    let indent += shiftwidth()
+    let l:indent += shiftwidth()
   endif
   " Decrease indentation in lines that start with either control words that
   " continue or end a block, or the special items ")" and ":"
   if getline(v:lnum) =~# '^\s*\%()\|:\|\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|do\|else\%(if\)\=\|end\|fcase\)\.\)'
-    let indent -= shiftwidth()
+    let l:indent -= shiftwidth()
   endif
-  return indent
+  return l:indent
 endfunction

runtime/indent/vim.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Vim script
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2014 Sep 19
+" Last Change:	2014 Dec 12
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ function GetVimIndentIntern()
 
   " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' on a :endif, :endwhile, :catch, :finally, :endtry,
   " :endfun, :else and :augroup END.
-  if cur_text =~ '^\s*\(ene\@!\|cat\|fina\|el\|aug\%[roup]\s*!\=\s\+END\)'
+  if cur_text =~ '^\s*\(ene\@!\|cat\|fina\|el\|aug\%[roup]\s*!\=\s\+[eE][nN][dD]\)'
     let ind = ind - &sw
   endif
 

runtime/optwin.vim

@@ -540,10 +540,6 @@ if has("title")
   call append("$", "iconstring\twhen not empty, text for the icon of this window")
   call <SID>OptionG("iconstring", &iconstring)
 endif
-if has("win32")
-  call append("$", "restorescreen\trestore the screen contents when exiting Vim")
-  call <SID>BinOptionG("rs", &rs)
-endif
 
 
 call <SID>Header("using the mouse")
@@ -926,6 +922,9 @@ call <SID>BinOptionL("bin")
 call append("$", "endofline\tlast line in the file has an end-of-line")
 call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
 call <SID>BinOptionL("eol")
+call append("$", "fixeol\tfixes missing end-of-line at end of text file")
+call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
+call <SID>BinOptionL("fixeol")
 if has("multi_byte")
   call append("$", "bomb\tprepend a Byte Order Mark to the file")
   call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
@@ -973,8 +972,6 @@ call <SID>OptionG("dir", &dir)
 call append("$", "swapfile\tuse a swap file for this buffer")
 call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
 call <SID>BinOptionL("swf")
-call append("$", "swapsync\t\"sync\", \"fsync\" or empty; how to flush a swap file to disk")
-call <SID>OptionG("sws", &sws)
 call append("$", "updatecount\tnumber of characters typed to cause a swap file update")
 call append("$", " \tset uc=" . &uc)
 call append("$", "updatetime\ttime in msec after which the swap file will be updated")

runtime/plugin/getscriptPlugin.vim

@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" getscriptPlugin.vim
-"  Author:	Charles E. Campbell
-"  Date:	Nov 29, 2013
-"  Installing:	:help glvs-install
-"  Usage:	:help glvs
-"
-" GetLatestVimScripts: 642 1 :AutoInstall: getscript.vim
-"
-" (Rom 15:11 WEB) Again, "Praise the Lord, all you Gentiles!  Let
-" all the peoples praise Him."
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" Initialization:	{{{1
-" if you're sourcing this file, surely you can't be
-" expecting vim to be in its vi-compatible mode
-if exists("g:loaded_getscriptPlugin")
- finish
-endif
-if &cp
- if &verbose
-  echo "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
- endif
- finish
-endif
-let g:loaded_getscriptPlugin = "v36"
-let s:keepcpo                = &cpo
-set cpo&vim
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-"  Public Interface: {{{1
-com!        -nargs=0 GetLatestVimScripts call getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
-com!        -nargs=0 GetScripts          call getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
-silent! com -nargs=0 GLVS                call getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" Restore Options: {{{1
-let &cpo= s:keepcpo
-unlet s:keepcpo
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" vim: ts=8 sts=2 fdm=marker nowrap

runtime/syntax/amiga.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	AmigaDos
-" Maintainer:	Dr. Charles E. Campbell, Jr. <NdrOchipS@PcampbellAfamily.Mbiz>
-" Last Change:	Sep 11, 2006
-" Version:     6
-" URL:	http://mysite.verizon.net/astronaut/vim/index.html#vimlinks_syntax
+" Maintainer:	Charles E. Campbell <NdrOchipS@PcampbellAfamily.Mbiz>
+" Last Change:	Oct 23, 2014
+" Version:     7
+" URL:	http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#SYNTAX_AMIGA
 
 " For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
 " For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded

runtime/syntax/asterisk.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	Asterisk config file
-" Maintainer:	brc007 
+" Maintainer: 	Jean Aunis <jean.aunis@yahoo.fr>
+" Previous Maintainer:	brc007
 " Updated for 1.2 by Tilghman Lesher (Corydon76)
-" Last Change:	2006 Mar 20 
+" Last Change:	2015 Feb 27
 " version 0.4
 "
 if version < 600
@@ -17,18 +18,19 @@ syn sync fromstart
 syn keyword     asteriskTodo    TODO contained
 syn match       asteriskComment         ";.*" contains=asteriskTodo
 syn match       asteriskContext         "\[.\{-}\]"
-syn match       asteriskExten           "^\s*exten\s*=>\?\s*[^,]\+" contains=asteriskPattern
+syn match       asteriskExten           "^\s*\zsexten\s*=>\?\s*[^,]\+\ze," contains=asteriskPattern nextgroup=asteriskPriority
+syn match       asteriskExten           "^\s*\zssame\s*=>\?\s*\ze" nextgroup=asteriskPriority
 syn match       asteriskExten           "^\s*\(register\|channel\|ignorepat\|include\|\(no\)\?load\)\s*=>\?"
 syn match       asteriskPattern         "_\(\[[[:alnum:]#*\-]\+\]\|[[:alnum:]#*]\)*\.\?" contained
 syn match       asteriskPattern         "[^A-Za-z0-9,]\zs[[:alnum:]#*]\+\ze" contained
 syn match       asteriskApp             ",\zs[a-zA-Z]\+\ze$"
 syn match       asteriskApp             ",\zs[a-zA-Z]\+\ze("
 " Digits plus oldlabel (newlabel)
-syn match       asteriskPriority        ",\zs[[:digit:]]\+\(+[[:alpha:]][[:alnum:]_]*\)\?\(([[:alpha:]][[:alnum:]_]*)\)\?\ze," contains=asteriskLabel
+syn match       asteriskPriority        "\zs[[:digit:]]\+\(+[[:alpha:]][[:alnum:]_]*\)\?\(([[:alpha:]][[:alnum:]_]*)\)\?\ze," contains=asteriskLabel
 " oldlabel plus digits (newlabel)
-syn match       asteriskPriority        ",\zs[[:alpha:]][[:alnum:]_]*+[[:digit:]]\+\(([[:alpha:]][[:alnum:]_]*)\)\?\ze," contains=asteriskLabel
+syn match       asteriskPriority        "\zs[[:alpha:]][[:alnum:]_]*+[[:digit:]]\+\(([[:alpha:]][[:alnum:]_]*)\)\?\ze," contains=asteriskLabel
 " s or n plus digits (newlabel)
-syn match       asteriskPriority        ",\zs[sn]\(+[[:digit:]]\+\)\?\(([[:alpha:]][[:alnum:]_]*)\)\?\ze," contains=asteriskLabel
+syn match       asteriskPriority        "\zs[sn]\(+[[:digit:]]\+\)\?\(([[:alpha:]][[:alnum:]_]*)\)\?\ze," contains=asteriskLabel
 syn match       asteriskLabel           "(\zs[[:alpha:]][[:alnum:]]*\ze)" contained
 syn match       asteriskError           "^\s*#\s*[[:alnum:]]*"
 syn match       asteriskInclude         "^\s*#\s*\(include\|exec\)\s.*"

runtime/syntax/awk.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,15 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	awk, nawk, gawk, mawk
 " Maintainer:	Antonio Colombo <azc100@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2012 May 18
+" Last Change:	2014 Oct 21
 
 " AWK  ref.  is: Alfred V. Aho, Brian W. Kernighan, Peter J. Weinberger
 " The AWK Programming Language, Addison-Wesley, 1988
 
 " GAWK ref. is: Arnold D. Robbins
 " Effective AWK Programming, Third Edition, O'Reilly, 2001
+" Effective AWK Programming, Fourth Edition, O'Reilly, 2015
+" (also available with the gawk source distribution)
 
 " MAWK is a "new awk" meaning it implements AWK ref.
 " mawk conforms to the Posix 1003.2 (draft 11.3)
@@ -33,17 +35,27 @@ set cpo&vim
 syn keyword awkStatement	break continue delete exit
 syn keyword awkStatement	function getline next
 syn keyword awkStatement	print printf return
-" GAWK ref. p. 117
+" GAWK ref. Chapter 7
 syn keyword awkStatement	nextfile
-" AWK  ref. p. 42, GAWK ref. p. 142-166
-syn keyword awkFunction	atan2 close cos exp fflush int log rand sin sqrt srand
-syn keyword awkFunction	gsub index length match split sprintf sub
-syn keyword awkFunction	substr system
-" GAWK ref. p. 142-166
-syn keyword awkFunction	asort gensub mktime strftime strtonum systime
+"
+" GAWK ref. Chapter 9, Functions
+"
+" Numeric Functions
+syn keyword awkFunction	atan2 cos div exp int log rand sin sqrt srand
+" String Manipulation Functions
+syn keyword awkFunction	asort asort1 gensub gsub index length match 
+syn keyword awkFunction	patsplit split sprintf strtonum sub substr
 syn keyword awkFunction	tolower toupper
-syn keyword awkFunction	and or xor compl lshift rshift
-syn keyword awkFunction	dcgettext bindtextdomain
+" Input Output Functions
+syn keyword awkFunction	close fflush system
+" Time Functions
+syn keyword awkFunction	mktime strftime systime
+" Bit Manipulation Functions
+syn keyword awkFunction	and compl lshift or rshift xor
+" Getting Type Function
+syn keyword awkFunction	isarray
+" String-Translation Functions
+syn keyword awkFunction	bindtextdomain dcgettext dcngetext
 
 syn keyword awkConditional	if else
 syn keyword awkRepeat	while for
@@ -51,13 +63,16 @@ syn keyword awkRepeat	while for
 syn keyword awkTodo		contained TODO
 
 syn keyword awkPatterns	BEGIN END
-" AWK  ref. p. 36
-syn keyword awkVariables	ARGC ARGV FILENAME FNR FS NF NR
-syn keyword awkVariables	OFMT OFS ORS RLENGTH RS RSTART SUBSEP
-" GAWK ref. p. 120-126
-syn keyword awkVariables	ARGIND BINMODE CONVFMT ENVIRON ERRNO
-syn keyword awkVariables	FIELDWIDTHS IGNORECASE LINT PROCINFO
-syn keyword awkVariables	RT RLENGTH TEXTDOMAIN
+
+" GAWK ref. Chapter 7
+" Built-in Variables That Control awk
+syn keyword awkVariables        BINMODE CONVFMT FIELDWIDTHS FPAT FS
+syn keyword awkVariables	IGNORECASE LINT OFMT OFS ORS PREC
+syn keyword awkVariables	ROUNDMODE RS SUBSEP TEXTDOMAIN
+" Built-in Variables That Convey Information
+syn keyword awkVariables	ARGC ARGV ARGIND ENVIRON ERRNO FILENAME
+syn keyword awkVariables	FNR NF FUNCTAB NR PROCINFO RLENGTH RSTART 
+syn keyword awkVariables	RT SYMTAB
 
 syn keyword awkRepeat	do
 
@@ -115,15 +130,15 @@ syn case match
 "syn match  awkIdentifier	"\<[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\>"
 
 " Arithmetic operators: +, and - take care of ++, and --
-"syn match   awkOperator	"+\|-\|\*\|/\|%\|="
-"syn match   awkOperator	"+=\|-=\|\*=\|/=\|%="
-"syn match   awkOperator	"^\|^="
+syn match   awkOperator	"+\|-\|\*\|/\|%\|="
+syn match   awkOperator	"+=\|-=\|\*=\|/=\|%="
+syn match   awkOperator	"^\|^="
 
 " Comparison expressions.
-"syn match   awkExpression	"==\|>=\|=>\|<=\|=<\|\!="
-"syn match   awkExpression	"\~\|\!\~"
-"syn match   awkExpression	"?\|:"
-"syn keyword awkExpression	in
+syn match   awkExpression	"==\|>=\|=>\|<=\|=<\|\!="
+syn match   awkExpression	"\~\|\!\~"
+syn match   awkExpression	"?\|:"
+syn keyword awkExpression	in
 
 " Boolean Logic (OR, AND, NOT)
 "syn match  awkBoolLogic	"||\|&&\|\!"
@@ -187,8 +202,8 @@ if version >= 508 || !exists("did_awk_syn_inits")
   HiLink awkFloat		Float
 
   HiLink awkFileIO		Special
-  "HiLink awkOperator		Special
-  "HiLink awkExpression		Special
+  HiLink awkOperator		Special
+  HiLink awkExpression		Special
   HiLink awkBoolLogic		Special
 
   HiLink awkPatterns		Special

runtime/syntax/c.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2014 Nov 13
+" Last Change:	2015 Mar 05
 
 " Quit when a (custom) syntax file was already loaded
 if exists("b:current_syntax")
@@ -47,16 +47,17 @@ if !exists("c_no_cformat")
 endif
 
 " cCppString: same as cString, but ends at end of line
-if s:ft ==# "cpp" && !exists("cpp_no_cpp11")
+if s:ft ==# "cpp" && !exists("cpp_no_cpp11") && !exists("c_no_cformat")
   " ISO C++11
   syn region	cString		start=+\(L\|u\|u8\|U\|R\|LR\|u8R\|uR\|UR\)\="+ skip=+\\\\\|\\"+ end=+"+ contains=cSpecial,cFormat,@Spell extend
   syn region 	cCppString	start=+\(L\|u\|u8\|U\|R\|LR\|u8R\|uR\|UR\)\="+ skip=+\\\\\|\\"\|\\$+ excludenl end=+"+ end='$' contains=cSpecial,cFormat,@Spell
-elseif s:ft ==# "c" && !exists("c_no_c11")
+elseif s:ft ==# "c" && !exists("c_no_c11") && !exists("c_no_cformat")
   " ISO C99
   syn region	cString		start=+\%(L\|U\|u8\)\="+ skip=+\\\\\|\\"+ end=+"+ contains=cSpecial,cFormat,@Spell extend
   syn region	cCppString	start=+\%(L\|U\|u8\)\="+ skip=+\\\\\|\\"\|\\$+ excludenl end=+"+ end='$' contains=cSpecial,cFormat,@Spell
 else
   " older C or C++
+  syn match	cFormat		display "%%" contained
   syn region	cString		start=+L\="+ skip=+\\\\\|\\"+ end=+"+ contains=cSpecial,cFormat,@Spell extend
   syn region	cCppString	start=+L\="+ skip=+\\\\\|\\"\|\\$+ excludenl end=+"+ end='$' contains=cSpecial,cFormat,@Spell
 endif
@@ -80,7 +81,11 @@ syn match	cSpecialCharacter display "L'\\x\x\+'"
 
 if (s:ft ==# "c" && !exists("c_no_c11")) || (s:ft ==# "cpp" && !exists("cpp_no_cpp11"))
   " ISO C11 or ISO C++ 11
-  syn region	cString		start=+\%(U\|u8\=\)"+ skip=+\\\\\|\\"+ end=+"+ contains=cSpecial,cFormat,@Spell extend
+  if exists("c_no_cformat")
+    syn region	cString		start=+\%(U\|u8\=\)"+ skip=+\\\\\|\\"+ end=+"+ contains=cSpecial,@Spell extend
+  else
+    syn region	cString		start=+\%(U\|u8\=\)"+ skip=+\\\\\|\\"+ end=+"+ contains=cSpecial,cFormat,@Spell extend
+  endif
   syn match	cCharacter	"[Uu]'[^\\]'"
   syn match	cCharacter	"[Uu]'[^']*'" contains=cSpecial
   if exists("c_gnu")
@@ -330,6 +335,8 @@ if !exists("c_no_ansi") || exists("c_ansi_constants") || exists("c_gnu")
   " POSIX 2001
   syn keyword cConstant SIGBUS SIGPOLL SIGPROF SIGSYS SIGURG
   syn keyword cConstant SIGVTALRM SIGXCPU SIGXFSZ
+  " non-POSIX signals
+  syn keyword cConstant SIGWINCH SIGINFO
   " Add POSIX errors as well
   syn keyword cConstant E2BIG EACCES EAGAIN EBADF EBADMSG EBUSY
   syn keyword cConstant ECANCELED ECHILD EDEADLK EDOM EEXIST EFAULT
@@ -387,8 +394,13 @@ endif
 syn cluster	cLabelGroup	contains=cUserLabel
 syn match	cUserCont	display "^\s*\I\i*\s*:$" contains=@cLabelGroup
 syn match	cUserCont	display ";\s*\I\i*\s*:$" contains=@cLabelGroup
-syn match	cUserCont	display "^\s*\I\i*\s*:[^:]"me=e-1 contains=@cLabelGroup
-syn match	cUserCont	display ";\s*\I\i*\s*:[^:]"me=e-1 contains=@cLabelGroup
+if s:ft ==# 'cpp'
+  syn match	cUserCont	display "^\s*\%(class\|struct\|enum\)\@!\I\i*\s*:[^:]"me=e-1 contains=@cLabelGroup
+  syn match	cUserCont	display ";\s*\%(class\|struct\|enum\)\@!\I\i*\s*:[^:]"me=e-1 contains=@cLabelGroup
+else
+  syn match	cUserCont	display "^\s*\I\i*\s*:[^:]"me=e-1 contains=@cLabelGroup
+  syn match	cUserCont	display ";\s*\I\i*\s*:[^:]"me=e-1 contains=@cLabelGroup
+endif
 
 syn match	cUserLabel	display "\I\i*" contained
 

runtime/syntax/cobol.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " Vim syntax file
-" Language:   COBOL
-" Maintainer: Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.info>
+" Language:     COBOL
+" Maintainer:   Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
 "     (formerly Davyd Ondrejko <vondraco@columbus.rr.com>)
 "     (formerly Sitaram Chamarty <sitaram@diac.com> and
-"		    James Mitchell <james_mitchell@acm.org>)
-" $Id: cobol.vim,v 1.2 2007/05/05 18:23:43 vimboss Exp $
+"               James Mitchell <james_mitchell@acm.org>)
+" Last Change:  2015 Feb 13
 
 " For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
 " For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ syn match   cobolString       /'[^']*\('\|$\)/
 syn match   cobolIndicator   "\%7c[D-]" contained
 
 if exists("cobol_legacy_code")
-  syn region  cobolCondFlow     contains=ALLBUT,cobolLine start="\<\(IF\|INVALID\|END\|EOP\)\>" skip=/\('\|"\)[^"]\{-}\("\|'\|$\)/ end="\." keepend
+  syn region  cobolCondFlow     contains=ALLBUT,cobolLine,cobolBadLine start="\<\(IF\|INVALID\|END\|EOP\)\>" skip=/\('\|"\)[^"]\{-}\("\|'\|$\)/ end="\." keepend
 endif
 
 " many legacy sources have junk in columns 1-6: must be before others

runtime/syntax/config.vim

@@ -1,11 +1,13 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:		configure.in script: M4 with sh
 " Maintainer:	Christian Hammesr <ch@lathspell.westend.com>
-" Last Change:	2008 Sep 03
+" Last Change:	2015 Jan 14
+" 				(patch from Yngve Inntjore Levinsen to detect AC_MSG)
+" 				(patch from Khym Chanur to add @Spell)
 
 " Well, I actually even do not know much about m4. This explains why there
 " is probably very much missing here, yet !
-" But I missed a good hilighting when editing my GNU autoconf/automake
+" But I missed good highlighting when editing my GNU autoconf/automake
 " script, so I wrote this quick and dirty patch.
 
 
@@ -20,14 +22,19 @@ endif
 " define the config syntax
 syn match   configdelimiter "[()\[\];,]"
 syn match   configoperator  "[=|&\*\+\<\>]"
-syn match   configcomment   "\(dnl.*\)\|\(#.*\)"
+syn match   configcomment   "\(dnl.*\)\|\(#.*\)" contains=configDnl,@Spell
 syn match   configfunction  "\<[A-Z_][A-Z0-9_]*\>"
 syn match   confignumber    "[-+]\=\<\d\+\(\.\d*\)\=\>"
+syn keyword configDnl   	dnl contained
 syn keyword configkeyword   if then else fi test for in do done
 syn keyword configspecial   cat rm eval
-syn region  configstring    start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
-syn region  configstring    start=+'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+
-syn region  configstring    start=+`+ skip=+\\'+ end=+`+
+
+" This shortens the script, see syn-ext-match..
+syn region  configstring    start=+\z(["'`]\)+ skip=+\\\z1+ end=+\z1+ contains=@Spell
+
+" Anything inside AC_MSG_TYPE([...])  and AC_MSG_TYPE(...) is a string.
+syn region  configstring matchgroup=configfunction start="AC_MSG_[A-Z]*\ze(\[" matchgroup=configdelimiter end="\])" contains=configdelimiter,@Spell
+syn region  configstring matchgroup=configfunction start="AC_MSG_[A-Z]*\ze([^[]" matchgroup=configdelimiter end=")" contains=configdelimiter,@Spell
 
 " Define the default highlighting.
 " For version 5.7 and earlier: only when not done already
@@ -43,6 +50,7 @@ if version >= 508 || !exists("did_config_syntax_inits")
   HiLink configdelimiter Delimiter
   HiLink configoperator  Operator
   HiLink configcomment   Comment
+  HiLink configDnl  	 Comment
   HiLink configfunction  Function
   HiLink confignumber    Number
   HiLink configkeyword   Keyword